1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "TreeTransform.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
47 using namespace clang;
50 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
51 /// emitting diagnostics.
52 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) {
53 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
54 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
57 // See if this is a deleted function.
58 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
62 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
63 // then we can't use it either.
64 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
65 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
69 // See if this function is unavailable.
70 if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
71 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
77 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
78 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
79 if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
80 // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused))
81 // should diagnose them.
82 if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused) {
83 const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
84 if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
85 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
90 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
91 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
92 assert(Decl->isDeleted());
94 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
96 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
97 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
98 if (!Method->isImplicit())
99 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
101 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
102 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
103 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
104 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
105 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, nullptr, /*Diagnose=*/true);
110 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl);
111 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
112 return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor);
114 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
118 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
119 /// explicit storage class.
120 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
121 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
122 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
128 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
129 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
131 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
132 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
133 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
134 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
135 /// prove that there are errors.
136 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
138 SourceLocation Loc) {
139 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
140 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
141 // correct but benign.
142 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
145 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
146 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
149 if (!Current->isInlined())
151 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
154 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
155 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
158 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
159 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
160 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
161 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
162 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
163 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
164 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
165 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
166 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
167 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
168 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
170 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
171 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
172 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
174 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
176 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
180 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
181 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
183 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
184 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
185 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
186 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
187 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
191 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
192 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
194 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
195 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
196 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
197 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
198 /// function is being used.
200 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
201 /// referenced), false otherwise.
203 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
204 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
205 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
206 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks) {
207 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
208 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
210 auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
211 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
212 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second)
213 Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second);
215 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
216 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
217 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
218 // diagnostics again.
222 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
223 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
224 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
225 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
228 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
229 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
230 if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) {
231 Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
234 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
235 << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType();
240 // See if this is a deleted function.
241 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
242 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
243 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
244 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
245 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use)
247 << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
250 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
254 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
255 // then we can't use it either.
256 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
257 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
260 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD))
264 auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) ->
265 const ObjCPropertyDecl * {
266 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
267 return MD->findPropertyDecl();
270 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) {
271 if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc))
273 } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) {
277 // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions
278 // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner.
279 // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the
280 // initializer-clause.
281 auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext);
282 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) &&
284 Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction)
285 << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner;
286 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
290 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess,
291 AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks);
293 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
295 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
300 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
301 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
303 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
305 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
306 return ": " + Message;
308 return std::string();
311 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
312 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
313 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
315 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
316 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
317 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
321 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
322 unsigned numFormalParams;
324 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
326 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
328 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
329 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
330 calleeType = CT_Method;
331 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
332 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
333 calleeType = CT_Function;
334 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
335 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
336 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
337 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
338 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
340 calleeType = CT_Function;
341 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
342 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
343 calleeType = CT_Block;
348 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
349 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
357 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
358 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
359 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
360 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
361 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
362 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
363 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
365 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
366 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
368 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
369 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
370 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
371 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
372 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
376 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
377 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
378 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
379 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
380 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
382 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
383 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
384 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
385 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
386 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
387 = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
388 std::string NullValue;
389 if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
391 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
392 NullValue = "nullptr";
393 else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
396 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
398 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
399 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
401 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
403 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
404 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
407 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
408 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
412 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
413 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
415 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
416 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
417 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
418 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
419 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
420 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
424 QualType Ty = E->getType();
425 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
427 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
428 // If we are here, we are not calling a function but taking
429 // its address (which is not allowed in OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3).
430 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
432 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
436 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
437 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
438 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc()))
441 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
442 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
443 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
444 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
445 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
446 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
447 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
448 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
449 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
452 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
453 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
455 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
456 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
457 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
462 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
463 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
464 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
465 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
466 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
467 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
468 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
469 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
470 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
471 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
472 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
473 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
474 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
475 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
476 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
477 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
481 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
482 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
484 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
488 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
489 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
490 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
493 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
494 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
496 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
497 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
498 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
499 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
500 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
501 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
502 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
504 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
505 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
506 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
507 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
508 if (ObjectSetClass) {
509 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
510 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
511 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
512 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
514 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
517 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
519 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
520 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
521 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
522 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
524 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
525 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
526 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
527 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
528 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
530 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
532 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
537 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
538 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
539 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
540 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
541 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
545 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
546 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
547 // converted to a prvalue.
548 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
550 QualType T = E->getType();
551 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
553 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
554 // expressions of certain types in C++.
555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
556 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
557 T->isDependentType() ||
561 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
562 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
563 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
564 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
565 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
569 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
570 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") &&
572 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
577 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
578 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
579 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
580 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
581 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
583 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
584 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
585 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
586 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
588 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
590 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
591 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
592 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
594 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
595 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
596 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
600 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
601 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
602 // type of the lvalue.
603 if (T.hasQualifiers())
604 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
606 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
607 if (T->isMemberPointerType() &&
608 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
609 (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T);
611 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
613 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
615 if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
616 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
618 ExprResult Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, E,
622 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
623 // of the type of the lvalue ...
624 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
625 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
626 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
633 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
634 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose);
637 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
643 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
644 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
645 ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
646 QualType Ty = E->getType();
648 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
650 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
651 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
652 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
656 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
662 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
663 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
664 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
665 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
666 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
667 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
668 // First, convert to an r-value.
669 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
674 QualType Ty = E->getType();
675 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
677 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
678 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
679 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
681 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
683 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
686 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
687 // unsigned int may be used:
688 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
689 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
691 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
693 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
694 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
695 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
696 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
698 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
700 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
703 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
704 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
705 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
712 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
713 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
714 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
715 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
716 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
717 QualType Ty = E->getType();
718 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
720 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
725 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
727 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
728 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
729 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) {
730 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
731 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp64")) {
732 if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) {
733 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
736 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
740 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
741 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
742 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
743 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
744 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
745 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
746 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
747 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
748 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
749 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
750 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
752 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
753 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
755 if (Temp.isInvalid())
763 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
764 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
765 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
766 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
767 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
768 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
769 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
770 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
773 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
774 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
775 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
776 if (Ty->isVoidType())
779 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
784 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
787 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
788 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
789 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
790 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
791 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
792 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
793 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
794 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
795 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
796 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
797 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
799 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
802 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
805 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
806 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
808 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
809 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
810 return VAK_Undefined;
813 void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
814 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
815 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
816 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
818 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
820 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
822 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
823 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
827 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
828 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
829 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
830 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
831 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
832 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
837 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
839 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
840 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
841 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
845 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
847 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
848 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
851 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
852 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
857 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
858 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
859 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
860 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
861 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
862 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
863 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
864 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
865 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
866 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
868 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
870 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
871 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
877 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
878 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
882 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
883 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
884 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
885 // Turn this into a trap.
887 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
889 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
891 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
893 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
896 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
897 E->getLocStart(), None,
899 if (Call.isInvalid())
902 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
904 if (Comma.isInvalid())
909 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
910 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
911 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
917 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
918 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
920 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
921 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
922 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
923 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
927 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
928 if (SkipCast) return false;
929 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
930 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
931 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
932 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
933 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
935 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
936 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
937 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
942 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
943 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
944 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
945 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
948 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
949 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
952 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
953 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
956 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
957 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
958 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
959 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
960 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
961 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
962 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
963 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
964 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
965 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
967 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
968 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
970 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
971 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
972 QualType LHSElementType =
973 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
974 QualType RHSElementType =
975 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
977 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
979 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
980 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
984 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
986 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
988 } else if (Order > 0) {
989 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
991 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
993 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
998 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
999 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1000 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1001 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1002 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1003 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1004 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1006 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1007 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1008 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1012 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1013 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1014 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1016 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1018 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1019 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1021 // float -> _Complex float
1023 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1024 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1029 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1030 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1031 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1032 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1033 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1034 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1035 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1037 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1038 // to the bigger result.
1039 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1040 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1042 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1046 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1048 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1053 // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
1054 if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
1055 LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy;
1057 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1058 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1059 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1062 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1063 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1064 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1067 /// \brief Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double if
1068 /// there is no support for such conversion. Helper function of
1069 /// UsualArithmeticConversions().
1070 static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
1072 /* No issue converting if at least one of the types is not a floating point
1073 type or the two types have the same rank.
1075 if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType() ||
1076 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType) == 0)
1079 assert(LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() &&
1080 "The remaining types must be floating point types.");
1082 auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1083 auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1085 QualType LHSElemType = LHSComplex ?
1086 LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType;
1087 QualType RHSElemType = RHSComplex ?
1088 RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType;
1090 // No issue if the two types have the same representation
1091 if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElemType) ==
1092 &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElemType))
1095 bool Float128AndLongDouble = (LHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty &&
1096 RHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy);
1097 Float128AndLongDouble |= (LHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy &&
1098 RHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty);
1100 /* We've handled the situation where __float128 and long double have the same
1101 representation. The only other allowable conversion is if long double is
1104 return Float128AndLongDouble &&
1105 (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) !=
1106 &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble());
1109 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1112 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1113 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1114 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1115 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1118 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1119 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1120 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1124 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1125 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1126 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1127 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1128 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1129 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1130 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1131 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1132 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1133 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1134 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1135 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1137 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1139 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1140 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1142 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1143 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1144 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1146 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1148 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1149 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1151 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1152 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1153 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1154 // use the signed type.
1156 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1158 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1159 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1162 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1163 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1164 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1165 // to the signed type.
1167 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1168 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1170 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1175 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1176 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1177 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1178 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1180 bool IsCompAssign) {
1181 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1182 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1184 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1185 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1186 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1187 QualType ScalarType =
1188 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1189 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1191 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1194 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1195 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1196 QualType ScalarType =
1197 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1198 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1199 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1200 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1201 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1206 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1208 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1209 QualType ScalarType =
1210 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1211 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1212 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1215 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1216 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1220 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1221 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1222 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1223 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1224 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1225 bool IsCompAssign) {
1226 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1227 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1228 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1232 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1233 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1236 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1237 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1239 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1241 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1243 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1244 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1245 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1247 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1248 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1251 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1252 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1253 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1256 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1257 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1258 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1259 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1260 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1261 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1262 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1263 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1264 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1266 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1267 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1270 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1272 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
1273 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
1274 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
1277 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1278 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1279 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1282 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1283 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1284 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1287 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1288 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1289 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1292 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1293 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1294 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1298 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1299 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1300 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1304 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1305 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1306 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1307 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1308 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1309 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1310 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1311 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1313 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1314 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1316 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1321 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1323 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1330 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1331 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1332 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1333 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1334 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1335 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1336 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1337 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
1339 // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle
1340 // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423.
1342 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
1343 *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
1344 ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr);
1347 ControllingExpr = R.get();
1350 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1351 // likely unintended.
1352 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
1353 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1354 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1355 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1357 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1358 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1359 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1360 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1362 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1363 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1364 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1367 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1368 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1370 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1371 IsResultDependent = true;
1373 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1374 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1376 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1377 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1378 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1379 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1380 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1381 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1384 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1385 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1386 << Types[i]->getType();
1387 TypeErrorFound = true;
1390 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1391 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1392 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1393 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1394 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1395 Types[j]->getType())) {
1396 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1397 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1398 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1399 << Types[j]->getType()
1400 << Types[i]->getType();
1401 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1402 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1403 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1404 << Types[i]->getType();
1405 TypeErrorFound = true;
1413 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1414 // try to compute the result expression.
1415 if (IsResultDependent)
1416 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1417 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1418 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1420 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1421 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1422 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1425 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1426 Types[i]->getType()))
1427 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1430 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1431 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1432 // association list."
1433 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1434 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1435 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1436 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1437 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1438 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1439 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1440 for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) {
1441 Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1442 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1443 << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1444 << Types[I]->getType();
1449 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1450 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1451 // the types named in its generic association list."
1452 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1453 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1454 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1455 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1456 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1457 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1461 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1462 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1463 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1464 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1465 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1466 unsigned ResultIndex =
1467 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1469 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1470 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1471 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1474 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1475 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1476 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1478 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1482 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1483 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1484 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1485 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1486 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1487 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1488 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1489 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1492 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1493 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1494 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1495 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1498 DeclarationName OpName =
1499 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1500 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1501 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1503 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1504 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1505 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1506 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1509 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1512 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1513 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1514 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1515 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1519 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1520 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!");
1522 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1523 if (Literal.hadError)
1526 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1527 for (const Token &Tok : StringToks)
1528 StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
1530 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1531 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1532 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1533 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1534 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1535 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1536 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1537 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1538 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1539 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1540 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1541 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1542 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1543 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1544 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1547 QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
1548 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1550 CharTyConst.addConst();
1552 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1553 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1555 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
1556 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1557 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1559 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
1560 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
1561 StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
1564 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1565 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1566 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1568 StringTokLocs.size());
1569 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1572 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1573 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1574 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1575 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1576 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1578 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1580 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1582 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1583 // operator "" X (str, len)
1584 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1586 DeclarationName OpName =
1587 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1588 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1589 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1591 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1592 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1595 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1596 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1597 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1598 /*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
1601 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1602 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1604 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1606 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1609 case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
1610 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1612 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1613 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1614 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1616 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1617 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1618 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1620 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1621 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1622 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1623 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1624 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1626 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1631 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1635 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1639 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1641 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1642 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1643 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1646 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1647 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1649 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1650 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1651 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1652 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1653 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
1655 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
1658 if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
1659 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
1660 cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
1662 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1663 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1664 VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D,
1665 RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK,
1666 FoundD, TemplateArgs);
1668 assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
1669 " template specialization references");
1670 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1671 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1672 SourceLocation(), D, RefersToCapturedVariable,
1673 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1676 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1678 if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1679 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
1680 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getLocStart()))
1681 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
1683 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1684 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
1685 FD = IFD->getAnonField();
1687 UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD);
1688 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1689 if (FD->isBitField())
1690 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1693 // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier
1694 // designates a bit-field.
1695 if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
1696 if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding())
1697 E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind());
1702 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1703 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1705 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1706 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1708 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1709 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1712 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1713 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1714 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1715 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1716 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1717 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1718 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1720 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1721 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1722 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1724 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1725 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1726 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1727 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1729 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1730 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
1734 static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
1735 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1736 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1737 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
1739 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1741 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1742 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1744 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
1747 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
1751 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
1752 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1753 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1754 unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
1755 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1756 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1758 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
1759 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1761 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1762 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
1764 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1767 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1769 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1771 Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1772 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
1773 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1774 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
1775 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1777 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1778 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1779 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1780 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1781 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1782 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1783 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1786 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1787 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1788 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1790 DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr;
1792 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1793 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1796 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1797 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1799 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1800 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1801 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1802 bool isDefaultArgument =
1803 !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
1804 CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind ==
1805 CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1806 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1807 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1808 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1809 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1811 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1812 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1813 // Actually quite difficult!
1814 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
1815 diagnostic = diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1817 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1818 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1819 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1821 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1824 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1825 for (NamedDecl *D : R)
1826 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1828 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1829 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1830 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1831 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1832 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1833 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1837 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1844 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1845 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1846 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1848 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1849 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1850 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1851 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1853 DC = DC->getParent();
1856 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1857 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1859 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
1860 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&
1861 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!");
1862 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
1863 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, std::move(CCC),
1864 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
1865 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
1866 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
1868 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
1871 } else if (S && (Corrected =
1872 CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S,
1873 &SS, std::move(CCC), CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
1874 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1875 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1876 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1877 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1879 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
1880 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
1881 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
1883 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1884 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
1885 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1886 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1887 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
1888 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1889 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD))
1890 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1891 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1893 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
1894 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1895 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1898 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1900 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
1901 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1904 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
1905 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1910 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
1911 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1912 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
1913 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
1914 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1917 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1918 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
1919 R.setNamingClass(Record);
1922 auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1923 AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) ||
1924 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND);
1925 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
1926 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
1927 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
1928 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
1929 // to recover well anyway.
1930 AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
1931 isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND);
1933 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
1934 // because we aren't able to recover.
1935 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
1938 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
1939 unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
1940 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1941 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1943 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
1944 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
1946 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1947 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1948 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
1949 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
1951 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
1952 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
1957 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1958 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1959 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1960 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1961 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1966 // Give up, we can't recover.
1967 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1971 /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
1972 /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
1973 /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
1974 /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
1975 /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
1976 /// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
1978 recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
1979 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1980 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
1981 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1982 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
1983 // contexts where 'this' is available.
1984 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
1985 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
1986 if (!ThisType.isNull())
1987 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1988 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
1989 RD = MD->getParent();
1990 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
1993 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
1994 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
1995 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
1996 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
1997 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
1999 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
2000 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
2001 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
2002 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
2003 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
2004 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2007 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
2008 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
2011 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
2012 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
2013 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
2014 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2019 Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2020 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2021 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2022 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2023 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2024 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
2025 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
2029 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2031 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2032 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2033 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2034 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2036 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2037 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2038 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2040 if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) {
2041 // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed
2042 // placeholder expression node.
2046 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2047 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2048 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2049 // (note: handled after lookup)
2050 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2051 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2052 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2053 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2054 // names a dependent type.
2055 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2056 // we need to handle these differently.
2057 bool DependentID = false;
2058 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2059 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2061 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2062 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2063 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2071 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2072 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2074 // Perform the required lookup.
2075 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2076 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2077 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
2079 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2080 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2081 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2082 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2083 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2084 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2085 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2086 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
2088 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2089 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2090 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2091 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2093 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2094 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2096 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2098 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2099 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2100 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2102 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2103 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2104 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2105 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2109 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2114 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2117 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2118 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2119 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2120 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2121 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2124 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2125 // argument-dependent lookup.
2126 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2128 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2129 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2130 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2131 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2135 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2136 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2139 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2140 // call, diagnose the problem.
2141 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2142 auto DefaultValidator = llvm::make_unique<CorrectionCandidateCallback>(
2143 II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() : nullptr);
2144 DefaultValidator->IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2145 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&
2146 "Typo correction callback misconfigured");
2148 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2149 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2151 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2153 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R,
2154 CCC ? std::move(CCC) : std::move(DefaultValidator),
2155 nullptr, None, &TE)) {
2156 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2157 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2158 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2159 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2160 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2161 if (State.DiagHandler)
2162 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2163 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2164 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2165 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2166 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2167 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2168 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2169 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2170 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2171 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2172 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2174 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2176 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2179 assert(!R.empty() &&
2180 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
2182 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2183 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2184 // reference the ivar.
2185 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2187 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2188 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2189 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2190 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2196 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2197 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
2199 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2200 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2201 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2202 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2203 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2204 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2205 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2206 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2207 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2209 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2210 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2211 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2212 // non-static member function:
2214 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2215 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2216 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2217 // member function call.
2219 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2220 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2221 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2223 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2224 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2225 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2226 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2227 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2228 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2229 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2230 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2231 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2232 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2234 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2235 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2236 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2238 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2239 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2240 R, TemplateArgs, S);
2243 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2245 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2246 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2247 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2248 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2249 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2250 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
2251 "There should only be one declaration found.");
2254 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2257 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2260 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2261 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2262 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2264 ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
2265 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2266 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2267 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2269 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2270 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2272 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2275 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2276 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2278 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2281 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2282 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2283 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2286 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2287 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2291 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2292 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2293 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2294 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2295 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2296 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2297 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2298 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2299 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2300 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2301 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2303 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2308 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2309 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2311 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2312 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2314 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2316 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2317 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2318 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2319 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2321 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2326 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2327 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2328 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2329 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2330 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2331 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2332 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2333 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S);
2335 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2338 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2339 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2340 /// additional lookup.
2342 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2343 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2345 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2347 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2348 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2349 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2350 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2352 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2356 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2357 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2358 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2359 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2360 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2362 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2363 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2364 // ivar, that's an error.
2365 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2369 LookForIvars = true;
2370 else if (IsClassMethod)
2371 LookForIvars = false;
2373 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2374 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2375 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2377 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2378 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2379 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2380 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2381 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2383 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2384 << IV->getDeclName());
2386 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2387 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2388 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2391 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2392 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2395 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2396 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2397 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2398 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2399 Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2401 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2402 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2403 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2404 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2405 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2406 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2407 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2408 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2409 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2410 SelfName, false, false);
2411 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2414 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2415 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2418 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2420 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2421 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2422 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2423 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2425 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2426 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc,
2427 IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2429 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2430 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2431 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
2433 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2434 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2435 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2436 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2441 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2442 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2443 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2444 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2445 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2446 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2447 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2448 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2451 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2452 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2453 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2454 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2455 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2456 << IV->getDeclName());
2459 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2460 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2461 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2462 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2463 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2464 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2465 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2466 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2467 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2471 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2472 return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr);
2475 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2477 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2479 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2480 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2481 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2482 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2484 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2485 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2486 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2487 /// the class declaring the member.
2489 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2490 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2491 /// obey access control.
2493 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2494 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2495 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2496 NamedDecl *Member) {
2497 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2501 QualType DestRecordType;
2503 QualType FromRecordType;
2504 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2505 bool PointerConversions = false;
2506 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2507 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2509 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2510 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2511 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2512 PointerConversions = true;
2514 DestType = DestRecordType;
2515 FromRecordType = FromType;
2517 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2518 if (Method->isStatic())
2521 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2522 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2524 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2525 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2526 PointerConversions = true;
2528 FromRecordType = FromType;
2529 DestType = DestRecordType;
2532 // No conversion necessary.
2536 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2539 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2540 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2543 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2544 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2546 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2548 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2549 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2552 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2553 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2554 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2555 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2557 // class Base { public: int x; };
2558 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2559 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2560 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2562 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2563 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2564 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2566 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
2567 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2568 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2570 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2572 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2573 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2574 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2575 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2576 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2577 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2578 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2581 if (PointerConversions)
2582 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2583 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2584 VK, &BasePath).get();
2587 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2589 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2591 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2596 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2598 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2599 // down to the using declaration's type.
2601 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2602 // class ever has member declarations.
2603 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2604 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2605 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2606 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2608 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2609 // conversion is non-trivial.
2610 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2611 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, URecordType));
2612 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2613 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2614 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2617 QualType UType = URecordType;
2618 if (PointerConversions)
2619 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2620 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2621 VK, &BasePath).get();
2623 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2626 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2627 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2628 IgnoreAccess = true;
2631 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2632 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2633 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2637 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2641 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2642 const LookupResult &R,
2643 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2644 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2645 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2648 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2652 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2653 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2656 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2658 for (NamedDecl *D : R) {
2659 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2660 // -- a declaration of a class member
2661 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2663 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2666 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2667 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2668 // using-declaration
2669 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2670 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2671 // turn off ADL anyway).
2672 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2673 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2674 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2677 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2678 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2680 // And also for builtin functions.
2681 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2682 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2684 // But also builtin functions.
2685 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2687 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2695 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2696 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2697 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2698 /// will in fact be used.
2699 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2700 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
2703 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2704 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2708 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2709 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2713 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2714 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2721 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2722 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
2723 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2724 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2725 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2726 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2727 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2728 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
2731 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2732 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2733 // functions and function templates.
2734 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2735 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2738 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2739 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2740 // we've picked a target.
2741 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2743 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2744 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2745 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2746 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2747 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2748 R.begin(), R.end());
2754 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
2755 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC);
2757 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2758 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
2759 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
2760 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2761 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2762 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2763 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2764 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2766 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2767 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2770 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2771 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2772 // a template argument list.
2773 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
2774 << Template << SS.getRange();
2775 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2779 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2780 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2782 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2783 << D << SS.getRange();
2784 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2788 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2789 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2790 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2791 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2792 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2795 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2796 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
2799 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2800 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2801 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2802 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2803 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2804 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2808 QualType type = VD->getType();
2809 if (auto *FPT = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2810 // C++ [except.spec]p17:
2811 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
2812 // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or
2813 // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions.
2814 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
2815 type = VD->getType();
2817 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2819 switch (D->getKind()) {
2820 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2821 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2822 #define VALUE(type, base)
2823 #define DECL(type, base) \
2825 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2826 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2828 // These shouldn't make it here.
2829 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2830 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2831 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2833 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2834 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2835 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2836 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2837 case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction:
2838 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2841 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2842 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2843 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2844 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2846 case Decl::IndirectField:
2847 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2848 "building reference to field in C?");
2850 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2851 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2852 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2853 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2856 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2857 // depending on the type.
2858 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2859 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2860 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2861 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2865 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2866 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2867 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2868 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2873 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
2874 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
2875 case Decl::Decomposition:
2876 case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr:
2877 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2878 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2879 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2880 type->isVoidType()) {
2881 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2886 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2887 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2888 // These are always l-values.
2889 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2890 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2892 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
2893 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
2894 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
2895 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
2896 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
2897 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
2898 type = CapturedType;
2904 case Decl::Binding: {
2905 // These are always lvalues.
2906 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2907 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2908 // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually
2909 // decides how that's supposed to work.
2910 auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD);
2911 if (BD->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2912 BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
2913 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD, CurContext);
2917 case Decl::Function: {
2918 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
2919 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
2920 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
2921 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2926 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
2928 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
2929 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2930 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2931 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2932 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2936 // Functions are l-values in C++.
2937 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2938 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2942 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
2943 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
2944 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
2945 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
2947 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
2948 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
2949 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
2952 // Functions are r-values in C.
2953 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2957 case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide:
2958 llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide");
2960 case Decl::MSProperty:
2961 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2964 case Decl::CXXMethod:
2965 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
2966 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2967 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
2968 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
2969 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
2970 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2971 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2972 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2976 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
2977 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
2978 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2983 case Decl::CXXConversion:
2984 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
2985 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
2986 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2990 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
2995 static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
2996 SmallString<32> &Target) {
2997 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
2998 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
2999 const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
3001 llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
3004 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
3007 ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3008 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
3009 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
3010 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
3011 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
3012 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
3013 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
3014 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
3015 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
3016 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3018 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3021 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
3022 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
3026 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
3027 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
3028 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
3030 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
3032 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl);
3033 unsigned Length = Str.length();
3035 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
3036 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction) {
3037 ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
3038 SmallString<32> RawChars;
3039 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
3041 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3042 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3043 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
3044 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3046 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
3047 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3048 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3049 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
3050 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3054 return new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT, SL);
3057 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3058 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
3061 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
3062 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3063 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3064 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3065 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3066 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
3067 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3070 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
3073 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3074 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3075 bool Invalid = false;
3076 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3080 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3082 if (Literal.hadError())
3086 if (Literal.isWide())
3087 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3088 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3089 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3090 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3091 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3092 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3093 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3095 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3097 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3098 if (Literal.isWide())
3099 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3100 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3101 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3102 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3103 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3104 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
3105 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8;
3107 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3110 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3113 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3114 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3115 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3116 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3118 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3120 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3122 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3123 // operator "" X (ch)
3124 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3125 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3128 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3129 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3130 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3131 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3134 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3135 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3136 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3138 using llvm::APFloat;
3139 APFloat Val(Format);
3141 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3143 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3144 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3145 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3146 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3147 unsigned diagnostic;
3148 SmallString<20> buffer;
3149 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3150 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3151 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3153 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3154 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3157 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3159 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3162 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3163 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3166 bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3167 assert(E && "Invalid expression");
3169 if (E->isValueDependent())
3172 QualType QT = E->getType();
3173 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3174 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3178 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3179 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3184 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3185 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3186 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3187 << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive;
3194 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3195 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3196 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3197 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3198 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3199 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3202 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3203 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3204 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3205 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3206 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3207 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3209 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3210 bool Invalid = false;
3211 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3215 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
3216 if (Literal.hadError)
3219 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3220 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3221 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3222 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3223 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3225 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3227 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3230 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3231 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3232 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3233 // operator "" X (f L)
3234 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3236 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3237 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3238 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3239 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3242 DeclarationName OpName =
3243 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3244 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3245 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3247 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3249 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3250 // literal or a cooked one.
3251 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3252 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3253 /*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
3254 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
3260 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3261 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3263 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3264 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3265 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3266 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3267 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3270 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3274 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3275 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3276 // operator "" X ("n")
3277 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3278 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3279 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
3280 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3281 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3282 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3283 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3284 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3287 case LOLR_Template: {
3288 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3289 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3290 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3291 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3292 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3293 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3294 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3295 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3296 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3297 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3298 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3299 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3300 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3302 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3305 case LOLR_StringTemplate:
3306 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
3312 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3314 if (Literal.isHalf){
3315 if (getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16"))
3316 Ty = Context.HalfTy;
3318 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16);
3321 } else if (Literal.isFloat)
3322 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3323 else if (Literal.isLong)
3324 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3325 else if (Literal.isFloat128)
3326 Ty = Context.Float128Ty;
3328 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3330 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3332 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3333 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3334 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3335 if (BTy->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) {
3336 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3338 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
3339 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp64")) {
3340 // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled.
3341 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
3342 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3345 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3350 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3351 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3352 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3353 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3354 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3355 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3357 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3360 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3361 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3362 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3364 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3365 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3366 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3367 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3368 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3369 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
3370 "long long is not intmax_t?");
3372 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3373 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3375 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3376 // be an unsigned int.
3377 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3379 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3382 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3383 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3384 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) {
3386 Ty = Context.CharTy;
3388 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3389 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3390 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3394 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3395 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3396 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3398 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3399 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3400 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3401 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3403 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3404 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3409 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3410 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3411 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3413 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3414 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3415 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3416 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3417 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3418 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3419 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3420 // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2
3422 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
3423 const unsigned LongLongSize =
3424 Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3425 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3426 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3428 ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3429 : /*C++98 UB*/ diag::
3430 ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3431 : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long)
3432 << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0
3433 : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1);
3434 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3440 // Check long long if needed.
3442 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3444 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3445 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3446 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3447 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3448 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3449 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3450 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong)))
3451 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3452 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3453 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3454 Width = LongLongSize;
3458 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3459 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3461 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
3462 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3463 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3466 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3467 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3469 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3472 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3473 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3474 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3475 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3480 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3481 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3482 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
3485 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3487 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3488 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3489 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3490 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3491 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3492 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3493 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3498 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3499 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3503 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3505 SourceRange ArgRange,
3506 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3507 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
3508 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
3512 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3513 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3514 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3515 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3516 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3520 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
3521 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
3522 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3523 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
3524 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
3525 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3532 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3534 SourceRange ArgRange,
3535 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3536 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3537 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3538 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3539 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3540 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3548 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3549 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3550 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3552 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3553 if (T != E->getType())
3556 // Now look for array decays.
3557 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3558 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3561 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3563 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3566 /// \brief Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
3567 /// and type traits.
3569 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3570 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3571 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3572 /// instantiation, etc.
3573 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3574 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3575 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3576 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3578 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3579 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3580 E->getSourceRange());
3582 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3583 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3584 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3587 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
3588 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
3589 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
3591 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3592 if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(),
3593 Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
3594 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type, ExprKind,
3595 E->getSourceRange()))
3598 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3599 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3603 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3604 ExprTy = E->getType();
3605 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3607 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
3608 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3609 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
3613 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
3614 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
3615 if ((ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) &&
3616 !inTemplateInstantiation() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
3617 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
3619 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3620 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3623 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3624 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3625 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3626 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3627 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3628 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3629 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3631 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3636 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3637 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3638 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3639 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3640 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3642 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3650 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3653 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3654 /// on those operands.
3656 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3657 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3658 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3660 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3661 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3662 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3664 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3665 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3666 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3667 SourceRange ExprRange,
3668 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3669 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3672 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
3673 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
3674 // is the size of the referenced type.
3675 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3676 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
3677 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
3678 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3679 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3681 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3682 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
3683 // is the alignment of the element type.
3684 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign)
3685 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
3687 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3688 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3690 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3691 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3695 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3696 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3697 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3700 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
3701 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3702 << ExprKind << ExprRange;
3706 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3713 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3714 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3716 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3717 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3720 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3721 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield)
3722 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3726 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
3727 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3729 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3730 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3733 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3734 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3736 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
3737 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
3738 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
3739 // in a trailing-return-type.
3741 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3742 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3743 // nonsensical answer 0.
3745 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3746 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3747 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3748 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3750 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3751 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3752 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3753 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3754 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3755 << E->getSourceRange();
3759 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3760 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3761 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3762 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3763 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3767 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3770 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3771 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3773 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3774 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3777 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3780 static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
3781 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) {
3782 assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3783 assert(CSI != nullptr);
3785 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions.
3787 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
3788 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
3789 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
3790 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3791 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
3792 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
3793 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3794 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
3797 // These types are never variably-modified.
3801 case Type::ExtVector:
3804 case Type::Elaborated:
3805 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
3806 case Type::ObjCObject:
3807 case Type::ObjCInterface:
3808 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
3809 case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
3811 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!");
3812 case Type::Adjusted:
3813 T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
3816 T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3819 T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3821 case Type::BlockPointer:
3822 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3824 case Type::LValueReference:
3825 case Type::RValueReference:
3826 T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3828 case Type::MemberPointer:
3829 T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3831 case Type::ConstantArray:
3832 case Type::IncompleteArray:
3833 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3834 T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
3836 case Type::VariableArray: {
3837 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3838 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
3840 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
3841 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
3842 if (auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
3843 if (!CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT)) {
3844 RecordDecl *CapRecord = nullptr;
3845 if (auto LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3846 CapRecord = LSI->Lambda;
3847 } else if (auto CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3848 CapRecord = CRSI->TheRecordDecl;
3851 auto ExprLoc = Size->getExprLoc();
3852 auto SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
3853 // Build the non-static data member.
3855 FieldDecl::Create(Context, CapRecord, ExprLoc, ExprLoc,
3856 /*Id*/ nullptr, SizeType, /*TInfo*/ nullptr,
3857 /*BW*/ nullptr, /*Mutable*/ false,
3858 /*InitStyle*/ ICIS_NoInit);
3859 Field->setImplicit(true);
3860 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
3861 Field->setCapturedVLAType(VAT);
3862 CapRecord->addDecl(Field);
3864 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(ExprLoc, SizeType);
3868 T = VAT->getElementType();
3871 case Type::FunctionProto:
3872 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
3873 T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
3877 case Type::UnaryTransform:
3878 case Type::Attributed:
3879 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
3880 case Type::PackExpansion:
3881 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
3882 T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context);
3885 T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
3887 case Type::Decltype:
3888 T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
3891 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
3892 T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
3894 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
3895 T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
3898 T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
3901 } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3904 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
3906 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3907 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3908 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3913 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
3915 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
3916 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
3919 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) {
3920 if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
3921 for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(),
3922 E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend());
3924 auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I);
3927 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
3928 if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
3929 DC = LSI->CallOperator;
3930 else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))
3931 DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3932 else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI))
3935 if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl()))
3937 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI);
3943 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3944 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3945 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
3948 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
3951 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3952 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3953 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
3959 // Verify that the operand is valid.
3960 bool isInvalid = false;
3961 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
3962 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3963 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3964 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
3965 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
3966 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
3967 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
3968 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr);
3970 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
3971 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0;
3974 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
3980 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
3981 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
3982 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3986 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3987 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3988 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
3991 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
3992 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
3993 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
3995 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3996 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
3997 void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) {
3998 // If error parsing type, ignore.
3999 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
4002 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4003 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
4004 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
4007 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
4008 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
4012 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
4014 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
4015 return S.Context.DependentTy;
4017 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
4018 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
4019 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
4024 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
4025 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
4026 return CT->getElementType();
4028 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
4029 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4030 return V.get()->getType();
4032 // Test for placeholders.
4033 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
4034 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4035 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
4037 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
4040 // Reject anything else.
4041 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
4042 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
4049 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4050 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
4051 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
4053 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
4054 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
4055 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
4058 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4059 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
4060 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4061 Input = Result.get();
4063 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
4066 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
4068 /// \return true on error
4069 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
4070 SourceLocation opLoc,
4072 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
4073 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
4074 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
4077 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4078 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
4079 << op->getSourceRange();
4083 static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) {
4084 auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens();
4085 if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens))
4086 return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType();
4087 return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens);
4091 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
4092 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
4093 if (base && !base->getType().isNull() &&
4094 base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection))
4095 return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, SourceLocation(),
4096 /*Length=*/nullptr, rbLoc);
4098 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4099 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
4100 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
4101 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4102 base = result.get();
4105 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
4106 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
4107 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
4108 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
4110 bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false;
4111 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4112 IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base);
4113 if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4114 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
4115 if (result.isInvalid())
4117 base = result.get();
4120 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4121 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
4122 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4126 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4127 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4128 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
4129 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
4130 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4133 // MSDN, property (C++)
4134 // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx
4135 // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a
4136 // class or structure definition. For example:
4137 // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[];
4138 // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array
4139 // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b),
4140 // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i);
4141 if (IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4142 // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference
4143 // or MS property subscript.
4144 return new (Context) MSPropertySubscriptExpr(
4145 base, idx, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4148 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
4149 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
4150 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
4151 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
4152 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
4154 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
4155 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
4156 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4157 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
4158 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4159 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
4160 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
4163 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
4166 ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4168 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Length,
4169 SourceLocation RBLoc) {
4170 if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4171 !Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4172 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4173 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
4174 if (Result.isInvalid())
4176 Base = Result.get();
4178 if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4179 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound);
4180 if (Result.isInvalid())
4182 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4183 if (Result.isInvalid())
4185 LowerBound = Result.get();
4187 if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4188 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length);
4189 if (Result.isInvalid())
4191 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4192 if (Result.isInvalid())
4194 Length = Result.get();
4197 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4198 if (Base->isTypeDependent() ||
4200 (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) ||
4201 (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent()))) {
4202 return new (Context)
4203 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.DependentTy,
4204 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4207 // Perform default conversions.
4208 QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base);
4210 if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4211 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType();
4212 } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) {
4213 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4216 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value)
4217 << Base->getSourceRange());
4221 auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4223 if (Res.isInvalid())
4224 return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4225 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4226 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange());
4227 LowerBound = Res.get();
4229 if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4230 LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4231 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4232 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4236 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length);
4237 if (Res.isInvalid())
4238 return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(),
4239 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4240 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange());
4243 if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4244 Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4245 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4246 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange();
4249 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4250 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4251 // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4252 // incomplete types are not object types.
4253 if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) {
4254 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type)
4255 << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange();
4259 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy,
4260 diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base))
4263 if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4264 llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue;
4265 if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(LowerBoundValue, Context)) {
4266 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4267 // The array section must be a subset of the original array.
4268 if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) {
4269 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array)
4270 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4277 llvm::APSInt LengthValue;
4278 if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(LengthValue, Context)) {
4279 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4280 // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers.
4281 if (LengthValue.isNegative()) {
4282 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative)
4283 << LengthValue.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
4284 << Length->getSourceRange();
4288 } else if (ColonLoc.isValid() &&
4289 (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() &&
4290 !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) {
4291 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4292 // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be
4293 // specified explicitly.
4294 Diag(ColonLoc, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined)
4295 << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType());
4299 if (!Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4300 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4301 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base);
4302 if (Result.isInvalid())
4304 Base = Result.get();
4306 return new (Context)
4307 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.OMPArraySectionTy,
4308 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4312 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4313 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
4314 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
4317 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
4318 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4320 // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is
4321 // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise.
4322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
4323 ((LHSExp->getType()->isArrayType() && !LHSExp->isLValue()) ||
4324 (RHSExp->getType()->isArrayType() && !RHSExp->isLValue())))
4327 // Perform default conversions.
4328 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4329 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
4330 if (Result.isInvalid())
4332 LHSExp = Result.get();
4334 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
4335 if (Result.isInvalid())
4337 RHSExp = Result.get();
4339 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4341 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
4342 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
4343 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
4344 // and index from the expression types.
4345 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
4346 QualType ResultType;
4347 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
4350 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
4351 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4354 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4355 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4356 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4360 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
4362 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
4363 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
4366 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4367 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4368 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4371 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4372 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4373 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4374 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4377 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4378 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
4379 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
4380 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4383 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4384 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
4386 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
4387 if (VK != VK_RValue)
4388 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
4390 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
4391 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
4392 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4393 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
4394 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
4395 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
4396 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
4397 // force the promotion here.
4398 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4399 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
4400 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
4401 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4402 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
4406 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4407 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4408 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
4409 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4410 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
4411 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
4412 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4413 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4417 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4419 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
4420 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
4423 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4424 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
4425 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
4427 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4428 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4429 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4430 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
4432 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4433 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4434 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4435 // incomplete types are not object types.
4436 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
4437 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
4438 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4442 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4443 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
4444 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
4445 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4447 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
4448 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
4449 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
4450 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
4451 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
4452 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
4455 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
4456 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
4458 return new (Context)
4459 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
4462 bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4463 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4464 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
4466 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
4467 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
4468 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
4469 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
4473 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
4474 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
4476 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(
4477 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Param);
4479 // Instantiate the expression.
4480 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
4481 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, nullptr, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
4483 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
4484 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
4485 if (Inst.isInvalid())
4487 if (Inst.isAlreadyInstantiating()) {
4488 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4489 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4495 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
4496 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
4497 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
4498 // default argument expression appears.
4499 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
4500 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
4501 Result = SubstInitializer(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList,
4502 /*DirectInit*/false);
4504 if (Result.isInvalid())
4507 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
4508 InitializedEntity Entity
4509 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
4510 InitializationKind Kind
4511 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
4512 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
4513 Expr *ResultE = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4515 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4516 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4517 if (Result.isInvalid())
4520 Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.getAs<Expr>(),
4521 Param->getOuterLocStart());
4522 if (Result.isInvalid())
4525 // Remember the instantiated default argument.
4526 Param->setDefaultArg(Result.getAs<Expr>());
4527 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) {
4528 L->DefaultArgumentInstantiated(Param);
4532 // If the default argument expression is not set yet, we are building it now.
4533 if (!Param->hasInit()) {
4534 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4535 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4539 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
4540 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
4541 // be properly destroyed.
4542 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
4543 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
4544 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
4545 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
4546 if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
4547 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
4548 // any explicit objects.
4549 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects());
4551 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
4552 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
4553 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
4554 assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&
4555 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
4558 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
4559 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
4560 // as being "referenced".
4561 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
4562 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
4566 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4567 FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4568 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD, Param))
4570 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param);
4573 Sema::VariadicCallType
4574 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4576 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
4577 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
4578 return VariadicConstructor;
4579 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
4580 return VariadicBlock;
4582 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4583 if (Method->isInstance())
4584 return VariadicMethod;
4585 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
4586 return VariadicMethod;
4587 return VariadicFunction;
4589 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
4593 class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
4595 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
4596 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
4597 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
4598 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
4600 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
4601 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
4602 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
4606 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
4610 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
4614 static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4615 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4616 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
4617 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
4618 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
4619 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getLocStart();
4621 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
4622 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
4623 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr,
4624 llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4626 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
4627 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) {
4628 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
4629 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
4630 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4631 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
4632 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
4633 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
4636 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
4638 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
4639 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
4645 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
4646 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4650 return TypoCorrection();
4653 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
4654 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
4655 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
4656 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
4657 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
4658 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
4660 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4661 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4662 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4663 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4664 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4665 bool IsExecConfig) {
4666 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4668 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
4669 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
4672 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
4673 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
4674 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4675 bool Invalid = false;
4676 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
4677 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
4679 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
4680 : 0 /* function */);
4682 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
4683 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
4684 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
4685 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
4687 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4689 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4690 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
4691 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
4692 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
4693 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4694 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4695 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4697 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4698 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
4699 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
4700 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
4702 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4703 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
4704 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4705 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4706 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4708 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4709 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4710 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4715 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4718 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
4720 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
4721 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
4723 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4725 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4726 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
4727 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
4728 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
4729 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4730 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4731 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
4732 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4733 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4734 MinArgs == NumParams
4735 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
4736 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
4737 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
4738 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
4739 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4740 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4742 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4743 MinArgs == NumParams
4744 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
4745 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4746 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4747 << Fn->getSourceRange()
4748 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4749 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4751 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4752 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4753 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4756 // This deletes the extra arguments.
4757 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4761 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
4762 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
4764 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
4765 Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
4768 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
4769 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
4770 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
4775 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4776 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4777 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4778 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
4779 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
4780 bool IsListInitialization) {
4781 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4782 bool Invalid = false;
4784 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
4785 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
4786 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
4789 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
4790 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
4791 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
4793 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4795 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4798 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
4799 bool CFAudited = false;
4800 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
4801 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4802 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4803 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
4804 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4805 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4806 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4809 InitializedEntity Entity =
4810 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
4812 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4813 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4815 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
4817 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
4819 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
4820 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
4821 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4824 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4826 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
4828 ExprResult ArgExpr =
4829 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
4830 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
4833 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
4836 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
4837 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
4838 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
4839 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
4841 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
4842 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4844 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
4847 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4848 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
4849 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
4850 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
4851 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
4852 FDecl->isExternC()) {
4853 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4854 QualType paramType; // ignored
4855 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType);
4856 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
4857 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
4860 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4862 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4863 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl);
4864 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4865 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
4869 // Check for array bounds violations.
4870 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx))
4871 CheckArrayAccess(A);
4876 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4877 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4878 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
4879 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
4880 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4881 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4882 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4885 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4886 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4887 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4889 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4890 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4891 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4892 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
4894 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4896 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4897 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
4898 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4901 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
4903 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
4904 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
4907 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4908 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
4909 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
4910 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4914 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
4918 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
4919 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
4923 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
4924 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
4925 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
4926 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
4927 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4928 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4932 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
4933 /// to have a function type.
4934 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
4936 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
4937 /// immediately during argument processing?
4938 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
4939 // Placeholders are never sugared.
4940 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
4941 if (!placeholder) return false;
4943 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
4944 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
4945 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
4946 case BuiltinType::Id:
4947 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
4948 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
4949 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
4950 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4953 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
4954 // by the call machinery.
4955 case BuiltinType::Overload:
4958 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
4959 // should be left in place.
4960 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
4963 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
4964 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
4967 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
4968 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
4969 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
4972 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
4973 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
4974 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
4975 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
4979 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
4982 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
4984 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
4985 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
4986 // dying at the first failure.
4987 bool hasInvalid = false;
4988 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
4989 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
4990 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
4991 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
4992 else args[i] = result.get();
4993 } else if (hasInvalid) {
4994 (void)S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(args[i]);
5000 /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address
5001 /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address
5002 /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the
5003 /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space
5006 /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e.
5007 /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without
5008 /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten
5009 /// FunctionDecl is returned.
5010 /// TODO: Handle pointer return types.
5011 static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context,
5012 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5013 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5015 QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType();
5016 const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType);
5018 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) ||
5019 !FT || FT->isVariadic() || ArgExprs.size() != FT->getNumParams())
5022 bool NeedsNewDecl = false;
5024 SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams;
5026 for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) {
5028 // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup.
5030 Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]);
5031 if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
5033 Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get();
5034 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
5035 if (!ParamType->isPointerType() ||
5036 ParamType.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() ||
5037 !ArgType->isPointerType() ||
5038 !ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
5039 OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType);
5043 NeedsNewDecl = true;
5044 unsigned AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
5046 QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
5047 PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS);
5048 OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType));
5054 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5055 QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(),
5056 OverloadParams, EPI);
5057 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5058 FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent,
5059 FDecl->getLocation(),
5060 FDecl->getLocation(),
5061 FDecl->getIdentifier(),
5065 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
5066 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5067 FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy);
5068 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
5069 QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i);
5071 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(),
5072 SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType,
5073 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
5074 Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
5075 Params.push_back(Parm);
5077 OverloadDecl->setParams(Params);
5078 return OverloadDecl;
5081 static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn,
5082 FunctionDecl *Callee,
5083 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5084 // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and
5085 // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an
5086 // invalid number of args.
5087 if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(),
5088 /*PartialOverloading=*/false) &&
5089 !Callee->isVariadic())
5091 if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size())
5094 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, ArgExprs, true)) {
5095 S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
5096 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)
5097 ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call
5098 : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
5099 << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange();
5100 S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(),
5101 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr)
5102 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
5107 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
5108 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
5110 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5111 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5112 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
5113 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5114 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn);
5115 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5118 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
5121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5122 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
5123 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
5124 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
5125 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
5126 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
5127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5128 SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getLocStart(),
5129 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
5132 return new (Context)
5133 CallExpr(Context, Fn, None, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5135 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
5136 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
5137 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5141 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
5142 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
5143 bool Dependent = false;
5144 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
5146 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5151 return new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
5152 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
5153 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5155 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5156 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5160 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
5161 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
5162 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5165 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5166 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5167 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5171 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5172 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5177 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
5178 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
5179 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
5181 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved.
5182 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
5183 if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5184 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5185 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5186 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
5187 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl))
5188 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
5189 Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
5190 /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand);
5191 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5196 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
5197 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5198 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5199 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5203 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
5205 bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false;
5206 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
5207 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
5208 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
5209 CallingNDeclIndirectly = true;
5210 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
5214 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) {
5215 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
5217 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5218 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
5219 // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters
5220 // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments
5223 rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) {
5225 Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create(
5226 Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false,
5227 SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl);
5230 } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
5231 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
5233 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
5234 if (CallingNDeclIndirectly &&
5235 !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
5239 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(*FD, *Fn))
5242 checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs);
5245 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
5246 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
5249 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
5251 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
5253 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5254 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5255 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5256 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
5257 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5258 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
5259 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
5260 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
5261 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
5262 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
5265 << E->getSourceRange());
5266 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5269 /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
5270 /// provided arguments.
5272 /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
5274 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5275 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5276 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5277 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5278 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
5279 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5282 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
5283 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
5284 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
5285 /// block-pointer type.
5287 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
5289 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
5290 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5291 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5292 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5293 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
5294 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5295 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
5297 // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly.
5298 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
5299 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called);
5303 // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM,
5304 // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions
5305 // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here,
5306 // but can be very challenging to debug.
5307 if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl())
5308 if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) {
5309 bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp");
5310 if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()))
5311 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention);
5314 // Promote the function operand.
5315 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
5316 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
5319 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
5320 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
5321 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
5323 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
5325 if (Result.isInvalid())
5329 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
5330 // of arguments and function on error.
5333 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
5334 cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
5335 Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
5338 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
5339 VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5341 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5342 // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct
5343 // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle
5344 // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been
5346 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
5347 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
5348 TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get());
5349 if (!TheCall) return Result;
5350 Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
5353 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
5354 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
5355 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5358 const FunctionType *FuncT;
5359 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5360 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
5361 // have type pointer to function".
5362 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5364 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5365 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5366 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
5367 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5368 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
5370 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
5371 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5372 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5373 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5375 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
5379 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5380 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5383 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5385 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
5386 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5387 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
5388 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5390 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
5391 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
5392 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
5393 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5395 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
5396 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5397 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
5398 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5402 // Check for a valid return type
5403 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
5407 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
5408 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
5409 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
5411 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
5413 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
5417 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
5420 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
5421 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
5422 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
5423 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
5424 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5425 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
5426 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
5427 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
5430 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
5431 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
5432 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
5433 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5436 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
5437 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5438 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
5440 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
5441 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5442 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
5444 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
5445 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5448 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5451 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
5453 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5456 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5459 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
5461 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
5464 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
5468 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
5469 if (!Method->isStatic())
5470 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
5471 << Fn->getSourceRange());
5473 // Check for sentinels
5475 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
5477 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
5479 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5483 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5485 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5488 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
5492 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
5496 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
5497 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
5498 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
5499 assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
5501 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5502 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
5504 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
5506 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
5510 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5511 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
5512 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
5514 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
5515 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
5516 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
5517 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
5518 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5520 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
5521 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
5522 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
5523 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
5524 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
5525 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
5526 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5529 InitializedEntity Entity
5530 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
5531 InitializationKind Kind
5532 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
5533 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
5535 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
5536 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
5538 if (Result.isInvalid())
5540 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
5542 bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod();
5544 !LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
5545 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
5546 !literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
5547 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
5551 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
5552 // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with
5553 // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are
5554 // otherwise prvalues.
5556 // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with
5557 // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't
5558 // follow it there.)
5560 // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and
5561 // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries
5562 // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out
5564 // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer
5565 // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound
5567 // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should
5568 // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved.
5570 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType()))
5574 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
5575 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
5576 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
5580 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5581 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
5582 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
5583 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
5584 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5585 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
5586 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
5588 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
5589 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
5590 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
5592 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
5596 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
5597 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
5599 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
5601 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
5605 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
5606 void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) {
5607 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
5608 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
5610 // Only do this in an r-value context.
5611 if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
5613 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E.get()->getType(),
5614 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
5615 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue);
5616 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5619 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
5621 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
5622 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
5623 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5625 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
5626 maybeExtendBlockObject(E);
5627 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5629 assert(type->isPointerType());
5630 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5634 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
5635 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
5636 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
5637 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
5638 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
5639 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
5641 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
5642 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
5645 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5646 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5647 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5649 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5650 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5651 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5652 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5653 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
5654 unsigned SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5655 unsigned DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5656 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
5657 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
5660 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5661 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
5662 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
5663 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5664 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
5666 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
5667 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5668 maybeExtendBlockObject(Src);
5669 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5670 case Type::STK_Bool:
5671 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
5672 case Type::STK_Integral:
5673 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
5674 case Type::STK_Floating:
5675 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5676 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5677 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5678 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
5680 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5682 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
5683 case Type::STK_Integral:
5684 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5685 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5686 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5687 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5688 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5689 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5690 return CK_NullToPointer;
5691 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
5692 case Type::STK_Bool:
5693 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
5694 case Type::STK_Integral:
5695 return CK_IntegralCast;
5696 case Type::STK_Floating:
5697 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5698 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5699 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5700 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5702 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5703 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5704 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5705 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5706 CK_IntegralToFloating);
5707 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5708 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5709 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5711 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5713 case Type::STK_Floating:
5714 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5715 case Type::STK_Floating:
5716 return CK_FloatingCast;
5717 case Type::STK_Bool:
5718 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
5719 case Type::STK_Integral:
5720 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5721 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5722 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5723 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5725 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5726 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5727 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5728 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5729 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
5730 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5731 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5732 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5733 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5734 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
5735 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5736 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5738 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5740 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5741 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5742 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5743 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
5744 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5745 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
5746 case Type::STK_Floating: {
5747 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5748 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5749 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
5750 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5751 return CK_FloatingCast;
5753 case Type::STK_Bool:
5754 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
5755 case Type::STK_Integral:
5756 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5757 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5758 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5759 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5760 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5761 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5762 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5763 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
5764 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5765 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5767 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5769 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5770 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5771 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5772 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
5773 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5774 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
5775 case Type::STK_Integral: {
5776 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5777 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5778 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
5779 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5780 return CK_IntegralCast;
5782 case Type::STK_Bool:
5783 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
5784 case Type::STK_Floating:
5785 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5786 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5787 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5788 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5789 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5790 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5791 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5792 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
5793 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5794 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5796 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5799 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
5802 static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
5803 QualType &eltType) {
5804 // Vectors are simple.
5805 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5806 len = vecType->getNumElements();
5807 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
5808 assert(eltType->isScalarType());
5812 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
5813 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
5814 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
5821 /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given
5822 /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes,
5823 /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element
5826 /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a
5827 /// vector nor a real type.
5828 bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5829 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5831 // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these
5832 // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers
5833 // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the
5834 // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast).
5835 // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float.
5836 if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5837 if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5839 uint64_t srcLen, destLen;
5840 QualType srcEltTy, destEltTy;
5841 if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcEltTy)) return false;
5842 if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destEltTy)) return false;
5844 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
5845 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
5846 // element size multiplied by the element count.
5847 uint64_t srcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(srcEltTy);
5848 uint64_t destEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(destEltTy);
5850 return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize);
5853 /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is
5854 /// known to be a vector type?
5855 bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5856 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5858 if (!Context.getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions)
5860 return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy);
5863 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
5865 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
5867 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5868 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy))
5869 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5870 Ty->isVectorType() ?
5871 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
5872 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
5873 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5875 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5876 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5877 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5883 ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) {
5884 QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5886 if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType())
5887 return SplattedExpr;
5889 assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||
5890 DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
5893 if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
5894 // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but
5895 // only when splatting vectors.
5896 if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) {
5897 // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast
5898 // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating.
5899 ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy,
5900 CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral);
5901 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
5902 CK = CK_IntegralToFloating;
5904 CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
5907 ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr;
5908 CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
5909 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
5911 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
5913 return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK);
5916 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
5917 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
5918 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
5920 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
5922 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
5923 // an ExtVectorType.
5924 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
5925 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
5926 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
5927 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy)
5928 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
5929 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
5930 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
5931 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5938 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
5939 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
5940 // splat from elt type to vector.
5941 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
5942 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5943 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5944 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5946 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
5947 return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr);
5951 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5952 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
5953 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
5954 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&
5955 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
5957 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
5958 if (D.isInvalidType())
5961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5962 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
5963 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5965 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
5966 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
5967 if (!Res.isUsable())
5969 CastExpr = Res.get();
5972 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
5974 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
5975 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
5977 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
5979 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
5980 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
5981 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
5982 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
5983 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5984 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
5985 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
5986 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
5989 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
5990 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
5991 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
5992 isVectorLiteral = true;
5995 isVectorLiteral = true;
5998 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
5999 // then handle it as such.
6000 if (isVectorLiteral)
6001 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
6003 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
6004 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
6005 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
6006 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
6007 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
6008 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6009 CastExpr = Result.get();
6012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
6013 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
6014 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
6016 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
6018 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
6020 DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr);
6022 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
6025 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6026 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
6027 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
6028 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
6029 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
6034 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
6035 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
6036 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
6037 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
6038 exprs = PE->getExprs();
6039 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
6040 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
6041 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
6042 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
6043 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
6048 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
6049 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
6051 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
6052 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
6053 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
6055 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
6056 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
6057 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
6058 // replicated to all the components of the vector
6059 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
6060 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
6061 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
6062 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
6063 if (numExprs == 1) {
6064 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6065 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6066 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6068 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6069 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6070 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6072 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
6073 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
6074 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
6078 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6081 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
6082 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
6083 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6084 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
6086 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6087 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6088 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6090 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6091 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6092 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6095 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6097 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
6098 // braces instead of the original commas.
6099 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
6100 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
6102 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
6105 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
6106 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
6108 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
6109 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
6113 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
6115 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
6116 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
6119 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6121 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
6124 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
6127 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
6131 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
6132 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
6134 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6135 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6136 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
6137 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
6138 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
6139 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6140 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6142 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
6144 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
6146 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6147 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6150 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
6153 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
6156 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
6157 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
6158 // string in the source code.
6159 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6160 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
6161 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
6165 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
6166 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
6167 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
6168 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
6172 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
6173 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6174 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
6176 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type.
6177 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) {
6178 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6179 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6184 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
6186 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
6187 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6191 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
6192 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6194 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
6195 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
6197 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6198 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6199 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6200 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6201 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6202 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6203 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6204 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6205 return S.Context.VoidTy;
6208 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
6210 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
6211 QualType PointerTy) {
6212 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
6213 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
6214 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
6217 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
6221 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
6223 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6225 SourceLocation Loc) {
6226 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6227 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6229 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6230 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
6234 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
6236 // Get the pointee types.
6237 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
6238 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6239 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
6240 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6241 IsBlockPointer = true;
6243 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6244 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6247 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
6248 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
6249 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
6252 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
6253 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
6254 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
6256 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
6257 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
6259 unsigned ResultAddrSpace = 0;
6260 unsigned LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace();
6261 unsigned RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace();
6262 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6263 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address
6264 // spaces is disallowed.
6265 if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual))
6266 ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace;
6267 else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual))
6268 ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace;
6271 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
6272 << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6273 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6278 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
6279 auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast;
6280 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6281 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6283 // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers
6284 // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in
6285 // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two
6286 // qual types are compatible iff
6287 // * corresponded types are compatible
6288 // * CVR qualifiers are equal
6289 // * address spaces are equal
6290 // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified
6291 // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with
6292 // merged qualifiers.
6293 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6294 LHSCastKind = LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace
6296 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
6297 RHSCastKind = RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace
6299 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
6300 lhQual.removeAddressSpace();
6301 rhQual.removeAddressSpace();
6304 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
6305 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
6307 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
6309 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
6310 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
6311 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
6312 // to get a consistent AST.
6313 QualType incompatTy;
6314 incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(
6315 S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace));
6316 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind);
6317 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind);
6318 // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room
6319 // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers.
6320 // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and
6321 // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees:
6322 // local int *global *a;
6323 // global int *global *b;
6324 // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1.
6325 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
6326 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6327 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6331 // The pointer types are compatible.
6332 // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier
6333 // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd
6334 // operands of the conditional operator.
6335 QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() {
6336 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6337 Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers();
6338 CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace);
6340 .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals)
6341 .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6343 return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6346 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
6348 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
6350 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind);
6351 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind);
6355 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
6356 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
6359 SourceLocation Loc) {
6360 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6361 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6363 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
6364 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6365 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
6366 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6367 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6370 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6371 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6372 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6376 // We have 2 block pointer types.
6377 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6380 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
6382 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6384 SourceLocation Loc) {
6385 // get the pointer types
6386 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6387 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6389 // get the "pointed to" types
6390 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6391 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6393 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
6394 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6395 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
6396 QualType destPointee
6397 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6398 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6399 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6400 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6401 // Promote to void*.
6402 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6405 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6406 QualType destPointee
6407 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6408 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6409 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6410 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6411 // Promote to void*.
6412 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6416 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6419 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
6420 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
6421 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
6422 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
6423 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
6424 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
6425 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
6428 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
6429 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
6431 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
6432 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
6433 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
6434 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
6435 CK_IntegralToPointer);
6439 /// \brief Simple conversion between integer and floating point types.
6441 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6442 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6444 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar
6445 /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two
6446 /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result
6447 /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No
6448 /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use
6449 /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always
6450 /// promotes promotable types.
6451 static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6453 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6454 LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
6455 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6457 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
6458 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6461 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
6462 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
6464 S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6466 S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6468 if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6469 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6470 << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6474 if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6475 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6476 << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6480 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
6481 if (LHSType == RHSType)
6484 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
6485 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
6486 return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
6487 /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6489 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
6490 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
6491 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6494 /// \brief Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the
6495 /// condition in length.
6497 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6498 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6500 /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands
6501 /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted
6502 /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition
6503 /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result
6504 /// and the condition must have the same number of bits.
6506 OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6507 QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6508 QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6509 if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6511 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6514 // Determine the vector result type
6515 unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements();
6516 QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements);
6518 // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits
6519 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType())
6520 != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) {
6521 // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print
6522 // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description.
6523 std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString();
6524 SmallString<64> Str;
6525 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
6526 OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)";
6527 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6528 << CondTy << OS.str();
6532 // Convert operands to the vector result type
6533 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6534 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6539 /// \brief Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector
6540 static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond,
6541 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6542 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of
6544 const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
6546 QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType();
6547 if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false;
6549 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6550 << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange();
6554 /// \brief Return false if the vector condition type and the vector
6555 /// result type are compatible.
6557 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same
6558 /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number
6560 static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy,
6561 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6562 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6563 const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6566 if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) {
6567 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size)
6568 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6572 QualType CVE = CV->getElementType();
6573 QualType RVE = RV->getElementType();
6575 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) {
6576 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6577 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6584 /// \brief Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in
6585 /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1
6586 /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type.
6588 OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond,
6589 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6590 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6591 Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get());
6592 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6594 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
6596 if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6599 // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the
6600 // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i.
6601 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6602 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6603 QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc,
6604 /*isCompAssign*/false,
6605 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6606 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6607 if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6608 // The result type must match the condition type as specified in
6609 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6.
6610 if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc))
6615 // Both operands are scalar.
6616 return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc);
6619 /// \brief Return true if the Expr is block type
6620 static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) {
6621 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6622 QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType();
6623 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
6624 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block);
6631 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
6632 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
6634 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
6635 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6637 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6639 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
6640 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6643 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
6644 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6647 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
6648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6649 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6654 // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently
6655 // different to merit its own checker.
6656 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6657 return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6659 // First, check the condition.
6660 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
6661 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6663 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6666 // Now check the two expressions.
6667 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6668 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6669 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
6670 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6671 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6673 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
6674 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6677 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6678 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6680 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
6681 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
6682 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6684 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6685 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6689 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary
6690 // selection operator (?:).
6691 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6692 (checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) {
6696 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
6697 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
6698 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
6699 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
6700 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
6705 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
6707 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
6708 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
6709 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
6710 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
6711 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
6712 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
6713 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
6716 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
6717 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
6718 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
6719 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
6722 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
6723 // the type of the other operand."
6724 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
6725 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
6727 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
6728 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
6730 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6732 if (!compositeType.isNull())
6733 return compositeType;
6736 // Handle block pointer types.
6737 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
6738 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6741 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
6742 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
6743 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6746 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
6747 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
6748 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6749 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
6751 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6752 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
6755 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
6756 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
6757 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
6758 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
6761 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
6762 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6763 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6764 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6768 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
6769 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
6770 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6771 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6772 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6773 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6775 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
6776 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
6777 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
6778 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6779 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6780 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6783 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6784 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6785 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6788 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
6789 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6790 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6791 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6794 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6795 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6796 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6799 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
6800 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
6801 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6802 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6805 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
6806 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6807 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6810 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
6811 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6813 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
6814 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
6817 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6818 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6819 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
6821 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
6822 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
6823 // type. This allows
6824 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
6825 // where B is a subclass of A.
6827 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
6828 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
6829 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
6830 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
6832 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
6833 // It could return the composite type.
6834 if (!(compositeType =
6835 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) {
6836 // Nothing more to do.
6837 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
6838 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
6839 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
6840 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
6841 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
6842 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6843 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
6844 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
6845 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
6846 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
6847 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
6848 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6849 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
6850 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6852 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6854 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6855 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
6856 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6857 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6860 // The object pointer types are compatible.
6861 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6862 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6863 return compositeType;
6865 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
6866 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6867 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6868 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6869 // so these types are not compatible.
6870 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6871 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6875 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6876 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6877 QualType destPointee
6878 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6879 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6880 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6881 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6882 // Promote to void*.
6883 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6886 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6887 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6888 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6889 // so these types are not compatible.
6890 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6891 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6895 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6896 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6897 QualType destPointee
6898 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6899 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6900 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6901 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6902 // Promote to void*.
6903 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6909 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
6910 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
6911 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6912 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
6913 SourceRange ParenRange) {
6914 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6915 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
6917 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
6918 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6919 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6921 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
6922 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
6926 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
6927 return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) ||
6928 BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) ||
6929 BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc);
6932 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
6933 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
6934 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
6936 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
6938 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
6939 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6940 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
6941 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6943 // Built-in binary operator.
6944 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6945 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
6946 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
6947 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
6952 // Overloaded operator.
6953 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6954 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
6957 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
6958 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
6959 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
6960 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
6961 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
6964 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
6965 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
6967 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
6975 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
6976 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
6977 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
6978 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
6979 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6981 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
6983 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
6984 return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp();
6985 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6986 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
6987 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
6993 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
6994 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
6995 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
6996 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
6997 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
6998 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7002 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
7005 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
7007 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
7010 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
7011 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
7013 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
7014 << Condition->getSourceRange()
7015 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
7017 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7018 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
7019 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
7020 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
7022 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7023 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
7024 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
7027 /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression.
7028 static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin,
7029 QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy,
7031 if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType())
7034 auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) {
7035 Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx);
7038 return NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7041 auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy);
7042 NullabilityKind MergedKind;
7044 // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression.
7046 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7047 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull;
7049 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7050 // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression.
7052 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable ||
7053 RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable)
7054 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
7055 else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7056 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7057 else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7058 MergedKind = LHSKind;
7060 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7063 // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability.
7064 if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind)
7067 // Strip all nullability from ResTy.
7068 while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx))
7069 ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx);
7071 // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind.
7072 auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind);
7073 return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy);
7076 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
7077 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
7078 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
7079 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7080 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
7082 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7083 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it
7084 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
7085 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
7086 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr);
7087 ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
7088 ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr);
7090 if (!CondResult.isUsable())
7094 if (!LHSResult.isUsable())
7098 if (!RHSResult.isUsable())
7101 CondExpr = CondResult.get();
7102 LHSExpr = LHSResult.get();
7103 RHSExpr = RHSResult.get();
7106 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
7107 // was the condition.
7108 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
7109 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
7111 commonExpr = CondExpr;
7112 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
7113 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
7114 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
7115 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
7116 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
7117 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
7118 commonExpr = result.get();
7120 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
7121 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
7122 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7123 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
7124 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
7125 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
7126 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7127 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7128 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
7129 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
7130 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
7132 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
7135 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
7136 commonExpr->getType(),
7137 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
7138 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
7140 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
7143 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
7144 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
7145 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
7146 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
7147 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
7148 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
7149 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
7153 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
7156 CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc);
7158 result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy,
7162 return new (Context)
7163 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
7164 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
7166 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
7167 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
7168 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
7171 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
7172 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
7173 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
7174 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
7175 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
7176 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7177 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7178 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7179 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7181 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7182 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
7183 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
7184 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
7185 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7186 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
7187 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7189 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7191 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
7192 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
7193 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
7195 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
7196 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
7197 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
7198 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
7199 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7200 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7203 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
7204 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
7205 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
7206 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7208 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
7210 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
7211 .compatiblyIncludes(
7212 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
7213 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
7216 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
7217 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
7218 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7220 // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
7221 // as still compatible in C.
7222 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7225 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
7226 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
7227 // version of void...
7228 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
7229 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7232 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7233 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
7234 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7237 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
7238 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7241 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7242 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
7243 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7246 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
7247 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
7248 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
7249 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
7250 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
7251 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
7252 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
7253 if (lhptee->isCharType())
7254 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7255 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7256 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
7258 if (rhptee->isCharType())
7259 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7260 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7261 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
7263 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
7264 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
7265 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
7266 // warning can be disabled.
7267 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
7270 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
7273 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
7274 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
7275 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
7276 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
7277 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
7279 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7280 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7281 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
7283 if (lhptee == rhptee)
7284 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
7287 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
7288 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7290 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7291 S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
7292 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7296 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
7297 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
7298 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
7300 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7301 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7303 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7304 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7306 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
7308 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7309 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
7310 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
7312 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
7313 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7314 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7316 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7318 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
7319 Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
7320 Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
7321 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7322 LQuals.removeAddressSpace();
7323 RQuals.removeAddressSpace();
7325 if (LQuals != RQuals)
7326 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7328 // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block
7330 // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be
7331 // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible
7332 // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of
7333 // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer
7334 // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type:
7335 // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address
7337 // * unqualified types should be compatible.
7338 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7339 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(
7340 S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals),
7341 S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals)))
7342 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7343 } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7344 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7349 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
7350 /// for assignment compatibility.
7351 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7352 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7354 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
7355 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
7357 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7358 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
7359 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7360 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7361 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7362 return Sema::Compatible;
7364 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7365 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7366 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7367 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7368 return Sema::Compatible;
7370 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7371 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7373 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
7374 // make an exception for id<P>
7375 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7376 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7378 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7379 return Sema::Compatible;
7380 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7381 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
7382 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7385 Sema::AssignConvertType
7386 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7387 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7388 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
7389 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
7390 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
7391 // usually happen on valid code.
7392 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
7393 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
7394 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
7396 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false);
7399 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
7400 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
7401 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
7405 /// struct foo *pfoo;
7407 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7408 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
7409 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
7410 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7412 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
7413 /// C99 spec dictates.
7415 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
7416 Sema::AssignConvertType
7417 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
7418 CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) {
7419 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7420 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
7422 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
7424 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7425 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7427 // Common case: no conversion required.
7428 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
7433 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
7434 // atomic qualification step.
7435 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
7436 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7437 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
7438 if (result != Compatible)
7440 if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS)
7441 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
7442 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
7446 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
7447 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
7448 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
7449 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
7450 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
7451 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
7453 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
7454 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
7455 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
7458 return Incompatible;
7461 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
7462 // to the same ExtVector type.
7463 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
7464 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
7465 return Incompatible;
7466 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
7467 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type.
7469 RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get());
7470 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
7475 // Conversions to or from vector type.
7476 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7477 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7478 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
7479 // vector type and vice versa
7480 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7485 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
7486 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
7487 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
7488 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7490 return IncompatibleVectors;
7494 // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between
7495 // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the
7496 // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle
7497 // the case where LHS is a scalar.
7498 if (LHSType->isScalarType()) {
7499 const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7500 if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 &&
7501 isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7502 ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS;
7503 *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7509 return Incompatible;
7512 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
7513 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
7514 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
7515 return Incompatible;
7517 // Arithmetic conversions.
7518 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
7519 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
7521 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
7525 // Conversions to normal pointers.
7526 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
7528 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7529 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7530 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7531 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7532 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7536 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7537 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
7538 return IntToPointer;
7541 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7542 // with two exceptions:
7543 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7544 // - conversions to void*
7545 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7550 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
7551 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7552 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
7553 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7559 return IncompatiblePointer;
7563 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
7564 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7565 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7566 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7570 AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7575 return Incompatible;
7578 // Conversions to block pointers.
7579 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7581 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
7582 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7585 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7588 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7589 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7592 // int or null -> T^
7593 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7594 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7595 return IntToBlockPointer;
7599 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
7600 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7605 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
7606 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7607 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7611 return Incompatible;
7614 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
7615 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7617 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7619 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7620 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7621 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7622 result == Compatible &&
7623 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
7624 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7628 // int or null -> A*
7629 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7630 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7631 return IntToPointer;
7634 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7635 // with two exceptions:
7636 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7637 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7639 // - conversions from 'void*'
7640 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
7644 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
7645 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7646 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
7647 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7651 return IncompatiblePointer;
7654 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
7655 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
7656 LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) {
7658 maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS);
7659 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7663 return Incompatible;
7666 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
7667 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7669 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7670 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7675 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7676 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7677 return PointerToInt;
7680 return Incompatible;
7683 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
7684 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7686 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7687 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7692 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7693 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7694 return PointerToInt;
7697 return Incompatible;
7700 // struct A -> struct B
7701 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
7702 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7708 if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7709 Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler;
7713 return Incompatible;
7716 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
7717 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
7718 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
7719 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
7721 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
7722 // of the transparent union.
7723 Expr *E = EResult.get();
7724 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
7725 E, SourceLocation());
7726 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
7727 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
7729 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
7730 // union type from this initializer list.
7731 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
7732 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
7733 VK_RValue, Initializer, false);
7736 Sema::AssignConvertType
7737 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7739 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7741 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
7742 // transparent_union GCC extension.
7743 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
7744 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
7745 return Incompatible;
7747 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
7748 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
7749 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
7750 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
7751 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
7752 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7753 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
7755 // 2) null pointer constant
7756 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
7757 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7758 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
7763 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7764 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7765 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
7772 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7773 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
7775 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
7782 return Incompatible;
7784 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
7788 Sema::AssignConvertType
7789 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS,
7791 bool DiagnoseCFAudited,
7793 // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if
7794 // they ask us to issue diagnostics.
7795 assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed");
7797 // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly,
7798 // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere
7799 // to put the updated value.
7800 ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS;
7801 ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS;
7803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7804 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
7805 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
7806 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
7807 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
7808 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7810 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7813 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
7814 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7815 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
7816 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
7817 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
7819 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
7820 if (ICS.isFailure())
7821 return Incompatible;
7822 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7825 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7826 return Incompatible;
7827 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
7828 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7829 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType))
7830 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7834 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
7836 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
7837 // happen there, though.
7838 } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
7839 // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These
7840 // functions need to be resolved here.
7842 if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
7843 RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP))
7844 RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD);
7846 return Incompatible;
7849 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
7850 // a null pointer constant.
7851 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7852 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
7853 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7854 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7855 if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) {
7858 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path,
7859 /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose);
7861 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path);
7866 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
7867 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
7868 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
7869 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
7871 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
7872 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
7873 // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false.
7874 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose);
7875 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7876 return Incompatible;
7879 Expr *PRE = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7880 if (Diagnose && isa<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)) {
7881 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)->getProtocol();
7882 if (PDecl && !PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
7883 Diag(PRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl->getName();
7884 Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
7888 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7889 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7890 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS);
7892 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
7893 // type of the assignment expression.
7894 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
7895 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
7896 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
7897 // does not have reference type.
7898 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
7899 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
7900 Expr *E = RHS.get();
7902 // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting
7903 // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload
7904 // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure.
7905 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7906 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7907 Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) {
7909 return Incompatible;
7911 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
7912 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getLocStart(), LHSType,
7913 E->getType(), E, Diagnose) ||
7914 ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) {
7916 return Incompatible;
7917 // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we
7918 // can find further errors.
7924 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
7929 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
7932 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7933 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7937 // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and
7938 // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error
7939 // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases.
7940 QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7942 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
7943 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
7945 bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType();
7946 bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType();
7948 if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) {
7949 Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
7950 Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
7951 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
7952 << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()
7953 << Vector->getSourceRange();
7957 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
7958 << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7959 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7964 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
7965 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
7966 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
7967 /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
7970 /// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2:
7971 /// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank
7972 /// than the type of the vector element.
7974 /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
7975 /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
7976 static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
7978 QualType vectorEltTy,
7981 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
7983 CastKind scalarCast = CK_Invalid;
7985 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
7986 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() ||
7987 (scalarTy->isIntegerType() &&
7988 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0))) {
7989 DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type;
7992 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
7994 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
7995 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
7996 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
7997 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7998 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0) {
7999 DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type;
8002 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
8004 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
8005 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
8012 // Adjust scalar if desired.
8014 if (scalarCast != CK_Invalid)
8015 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
8016 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8021 /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type
8022 /// IntTy without losing precision.
8023 static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
8024 QualType OtherIntTy) {
8025 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8027 // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would
8028 // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be
8029 // demoted without loss of precision.
8030 llvm::APSInt Result;
8031 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
8032 int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy);
8033 bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
8034 bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
8037 // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active
8038 // bits that the vector element type, reject it.
8039 unsigned NumBits = IntSigned
8040 ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits()
8041 : Result.getActiveBits())
8042 : Result.getActiveBits();
8043 if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits)
8046 // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type
8047 // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector
8048 // element reject it.
8049 return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned &&
8050 NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy));
8053 // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's
8054 // order is greater than that of the vector element type.
8058 /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type
8059 /// FloatTy without losing precision.
8060 static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
8062 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8064 // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point
8065 // number of the appropiate type.
8066 llvm::APSInt Result;
8067 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
8070 // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to
8071 // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion.
8072 // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat
8073 // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method
8074 // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred.
8075 llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
8076 Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
8077 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero);
8078 llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy),
8079 !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation());
8080 bool Ignored = false;
8081 Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven,
8083 if (Result != ConvertBack)
8086 // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of
8088 Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy);
8089 unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(
8090 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
8091 if (Bits > FloatPrec)
8098 /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches
8099 /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit
8100 /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element
8101 /// type without causing truncation of Scalar.
8102 static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar,
8103 ExprResult *Vector) {
8104 QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8105 QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8106 const VectorType *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>();
8108 assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&
8109 "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!");
8111 QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType();
8113 // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are
8114 // not integral or floating point types.
8115 if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType())
8118 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
8120 CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp;
8122 // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is
8124 // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise
8125 // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer
8126 // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform
8127 // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language.
8128 // We should accept it on a language independent basis.
8129 if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
8130 ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
8131 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) {
8133 if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
8136 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
8137 } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8138 if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8140 // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher
8141 // Order than the vector element type.
8142 llvm::APFloat Result(0.0);
8143 bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context);
8144 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy);
8145 if (!CstScalar && Order < 0)
8148 // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type,
8151 bool Truncated = false;
8152 Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy),
8153 llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated);
8158 ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
8159 } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8160 if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
8163 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
8168 // Adjust scalar if desired.
8170 if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp)
8171 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast);
8172 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8177 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8178 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8180 bool AllowBoolConversions) {
8181 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8182 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
8183 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8186 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
8187 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8190 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
8191 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
8192 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8193 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8195 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8196 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8197 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType);
8199 // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed
8200 // for some operators but not others.
8201 if (!AllowBothBool &&
8202 LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8203 RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
8204 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8206 // If the vector types are identical, return.
8207 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
8210 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
8211 if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8212 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
8213 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8214 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8219 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8223 // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors
8224 // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool
8225 // operand must have integer element type.
8226 if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8227 LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() &&
8228 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) ==
8229 Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) {
8230 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8231 LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() &&
8232 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) {
8233 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8236 if (!IsCompAssign &&
8237 LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8238 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8239 RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
8240 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8245 // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
8246 // the vector element type and splat.
8247 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable;
8249 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8250 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
8251 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType,
8255 if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS))
8260 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
8261 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
8262 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
8266 if (LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue ||
8267 !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS))
8272 // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and
8273 // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks
8274 // and emit proper diagnostics.
8275 QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8276 const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType;
8277 QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8278 ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS;
8279 if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) {
8280 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
8281 // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is
8282 // scalar, the result is always the vector type.
8283 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8284 *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast);
8286 // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding
8287 // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs'
8288 // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in
8289 // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for
8290 // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type.
8291 } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() || OtherType->isVectorType() ||
8292 (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) {
8293 ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS;
8294 *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8299 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
8301 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
8302 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
8303 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
8304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
8305 << LHSType << RHSType
8306 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8310 // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1:
8311 // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall
8312 // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per
8314 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8315 RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) &&
8316 LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8317 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType
8323 // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach
8324 // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type
8325 // without truncation.
8326 if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) ||
8327 (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) {
8328 QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8329 QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8330 unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0;
8332 diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation)
8333 << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector;
8338 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
8340 << LHSType << RHSType
8341 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8345 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
8346 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
8347 // integer instead of a pointer.
8348 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8349 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
8350 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
8351 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
8352 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
8353 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8354 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8356 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
8358 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
8359 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
8360 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
8361 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
8364 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
8365 // what the other expression is.
8367 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
8368 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
8369 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
8373 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
8374 // if the other expression is a pointer.
8375 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
8376 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
8379 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
8380 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
8381 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8384 static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS,
8386 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) {
8387 // Check for division/remainder by zero.
8388 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8389 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
8390 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && RHSValue == 0)
8391 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8392 S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero)
8393 << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8396 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8398 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
8399 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8401 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8402 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8403 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8404 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8405 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8407 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8408 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8412 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
8413 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8415 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv);
8419 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
8420 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8421 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8423 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8424 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8425 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
8426 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8427 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8428 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8429 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8430 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8433 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8434 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8437 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
8438 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8439 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */);
8443 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
8444 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8445 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8446 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8447 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8448 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8449 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8450 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8453 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
8454 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8456 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8457 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8458 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8459 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8462 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
8463 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8464 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
8465 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8466 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8467 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8468 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8469 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8470 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8471 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
8472 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
8474 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8475 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8478 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
8479 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8481 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8482 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8483 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8484 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8485 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
8486 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
8487 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8490 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
8492 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
8493 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8495 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8496 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8497 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8499 assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType());
8500 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8501 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
8502 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
8503 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
8506 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
8508 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
8509 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
8510 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
8513 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8514 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8516 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8517 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8518 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8520 if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
8522 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8523 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
8524 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8525 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8527 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
8528 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8529 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8532 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
8537 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
8540 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
8541 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
8542 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
8543 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
8545 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8546 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8547 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8548 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8549 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8550 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
8552 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
8553 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8554 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8556 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
8557 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
8558 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8559 const PointerType *rhsPtr = RHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8560 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*rhsPtr)) {
8562 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
8563 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
8564 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8569 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
8570 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8571 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8572 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
8573 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8574 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
8575 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8577 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8580 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8581 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8582 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
8583 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8584 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
8586 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8588 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8591 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
8593 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
8599 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
8601 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8602 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8603 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8604 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
8606 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8607 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
8610 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
8611 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
8612 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
8616 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
8617 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
8618 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
8619 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
8620 index.isUnsigned()))
8624 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8625 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
8626 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8628 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
8629 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
8630 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8631 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8632 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8633 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8634 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8636 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8639 /// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
8640 static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8641 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8642 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
8643 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
8644 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8647 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8648 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
8651 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
8654 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
8656 // Return if not a PointerType.
8657 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
8660 // Return if not a CharacterType.
8661 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
8664 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
8665 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8667 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
8668 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
8669 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
8670 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
8671 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8672 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
8674 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8675 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
8678 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
8679 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
8680 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8681 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8682 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8683 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8686 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8690 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
8691 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8692 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8693 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8694 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8695 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
8696 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8697 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8701 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8702 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8703 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8704 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8706 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8707 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8708 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8709 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8710 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8711 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8712 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8716 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8717 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8720 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
8721 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
8722 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8723 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8726 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8727 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8728 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8732 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
8733 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
8734 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
8737 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8738 isObjCPointer = false;
8739 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8740 isObjCPointer = true;
8742 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
8743 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8744 isObjCPointer = false;
8745 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8746 isObjCPointer = true;
8748 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8751 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8753 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
8754 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8756 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
8759 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
8762 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8763 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
8766 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
8767 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
8768 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8769 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
8770 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
8775 return PExp->getType();
8779 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8781 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8782 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8784 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8785 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8786 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8787 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8788 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8789 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8790 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8794 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8795 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8798 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
8800 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8801 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8802 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8806 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
8807 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
8808 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
8810 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
8811 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8812 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8815 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
8816 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
8817 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8820 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8821 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
8822 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
8824 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8825 return LHS.get()->getType();
8828 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
8829 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
8830 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
8831 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
8833 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8834 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
8835 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
8836 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8839 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
8840 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
8841 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
8842 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
8843 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8848 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
8849 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
8852 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
8853 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
8854 // case subtraction does not make sense.
8855 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
8856 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
8857 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
8858 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
8859 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
8860 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8864 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8865 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
8869 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8872 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
8873 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
8874 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
8878 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8879 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8881 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
8882 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
8883 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
8887 // Check right/shifter operand
8888 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8889 !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Right, S.Context))
8892 if (Right.isNegative()) {
8893 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8894 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
8895 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8898 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
8899 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
8900 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
8901 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8902 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
8903 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8909 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
8910 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
8911 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
8912 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
8914 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8915 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() ||
8916 !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Left, S.Context))
8919 // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value
8920 // then, the behavior is undefined. Warn about it.
8921 if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()) {
8922 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(),
8923 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative)
8924 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8928 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
8929 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
8930 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
8932 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
8933 Result = Result.shl(Right);
8935 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
8936 // hexadecimal number.
8937 SmallString<40> HexResult;
8938 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
8940 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
8941 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
8942 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
8943 // turned off separately if needed.
8944 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
8945 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
8946 << HexResult << LHSType
8947 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8951 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
8952 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
8953 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8954 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8957 /// \brief Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted
8958 /// by a scalar or vector shift amount.
8959 static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8960 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8961 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector.
8962 if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) &&
8963 !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8964 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector)
8965 << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType()
8966 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8970 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8971 LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
8972 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8975 RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
8976 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8978 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8979 // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in
8981 const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8982 QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType;
8984 // Note that RHS might not be a vector.
8985 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8986 const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8987 QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType;
8989 // The operands need to be integers.
8990 if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
8991 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
8992 << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8996 if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
8997 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
8998 << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9006 if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) {
9007 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast);
9008 LHSEleType = RHSEleType;
9011 S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements());
9012 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9014 } else if (RHSVecTy) {
9015 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators
9016 // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure
9017 // that the number of elements is the same as LHS...
9018 if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) {
9019 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal)
9020 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9021 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9024 if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) {
9025 const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
9026 const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
9027 if (LHSBT != RHSBT &&
9028 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) {
9029 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal)
9030 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9031 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9035 // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS.
9037 S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements());
9038 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9045 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9046 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9047 bool IsCompAssign) {
9048 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
9050 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
9051 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9052 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9053 if (LangOpts.ZVector) {
9054 // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically
9055 // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is
9056 // allowed to be a "vector bool".
9057 if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
9058 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
9059 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9060 if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
9061 if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
9062 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9064 return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
9067 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
9068 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
9070 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
9071 // if this is a compound assignment.
9072 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
9073 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
9074 if (LHS.isInvalid())
9076 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9077 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
9079 // The RHS is simpler.
9080 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
9081 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9083 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9085 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
9086 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
9087 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
9088 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9090 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
9091 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
9092 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
9093 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
9094 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9096 // Sanity-check shift operands
9097 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
9099 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
9103 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
9104 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
9105 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
9107 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9108 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
9113 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
9114 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
9116 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
9117 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
9119 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
9122 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
9126 // Ignore anonymous enums.
9127 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
9129 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
9132 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
9135 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
9136 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
9137 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
9140 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
9141 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9142 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9144 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
9145 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
9146 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9147 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9150 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
9152 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9153 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
9154 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
9155 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
9156 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
9157 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
9158 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
9160 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
9161 // comparisons of pointers.
9163 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9164 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9165 assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() ||
9166 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType());
9168 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9170 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) &&
9171 (RHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()))
9172 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
9174 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9178 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
9179 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
9183 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9187 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
9188 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
9189 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9190 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9193 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
9194 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
9195 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9196 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9197 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9198 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
9201 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
9206 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
9207 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
9208 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9210 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
9214 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
9215 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
9217 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
9218 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9221 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
9222 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
9223 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
9227 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
9228 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
9229 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
9230 /*receiverId=*/true);
9233 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
9241 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
9242 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9245 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
9246 if (!R->isScalarType())
9252 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
9253 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9254 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
9257 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9260 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9263 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9264 // "dictionary literal"
9265 return LK_Dictionary;
9266 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
9268 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
9269 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
9270 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
9271 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
9272 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
9273 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
9274 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
9275 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
9276 // "numeric literal"
9278 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
9279 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
9280 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
9281 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
9294 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9295 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9296 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
9299 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
9300 Literal = LHS.get();
9303 Literal = RHS.get();
9307 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
9308 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
9309 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
9310 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
9313 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
9314 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
9316 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
9317 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
9318 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
9319 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
9322 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
9323 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
9324 << Literal->getSourceRange();
9326 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
9327 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
9329 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
9330 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
9331 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9332 SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
9333 CharSourceRange OpRange =
9334 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
9336 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
9337 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
9338 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
9339 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
9343 /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended.
9344 static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
9345 ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9346 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
9347 // Check that left hand side is !something.
9348 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
9349 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
9351 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
9352 if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9354 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
9355 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9356 if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9359 bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor;
9360 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check)
9361 << Loc << IsBitwiseOp;
9363 // First note suggest !(x < y)
9364 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
9365 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9366 FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
9367 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
9368 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
9369 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
9371 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
9372 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
9374 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
9375 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9376 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9377 SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
9378 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
9379 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
9380 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
9381 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
9382 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
9385 // Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
9386 // an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
9387 static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
9388 if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9389 return DR->getDecl();
9390 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
9391 if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
9392 return Ivar->getDecl();
9394 if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9395 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
9396 return Mem->getMemberDecl();
9401 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
9402 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9403 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9404 bool IsRelational) {
9405 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
9407 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
9408 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9409 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
9410 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
9412 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9413 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9415 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9416 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9418 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9419 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
9421 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
9422 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
9423 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9424 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9425 !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
9426 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9427 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9428 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9430 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
9431 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
9432 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
9433 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
9434 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
9436 ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
9437 ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
9438 if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
9439 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9444 } else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
9445 !DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
9446 !DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9447 // what is it always going to eval to?
9448 char always_evals_to;
9450 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
9451 always_evals_to = 0; // false
9453 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
9454 always_evals_to = 1; // true
9457 // best we can say is 'a constant'
9458 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
9461 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9463 << always_evals_to);
9466 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
9467 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9468 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
9469 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9471 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
9472 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
9473 Expr *literalString = nullptr;
9474 Expr *literalStringStripped = nullptr;
9475 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
9476 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9477 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9478 literalString = LHS.get();
9479 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
9480 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
9481 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
9482 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9483 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9484 literalString = RHS.get();
9485 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
9488 if (literalString) {
9489 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
9490 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
9491 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
9492 << literalString->getSourceRange());
9496 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
9497 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
9498 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
9501 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9502 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9504 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
9505 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9508 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
9511 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
9512 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
9513 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9515 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
9519 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
9520 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9521 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
9522 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9523 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9524 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9526 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
9527 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
9529 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9530 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9532 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9533 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9536 if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) ||
9537 (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) {
9538 // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better
9539 // diagnostics for this below.
9540 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9541 // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid,
9542 // but we allow it as an extension.
9543 // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite
9544 // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too?
9545 if (!IsRelational &&
9546 ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) ||
9547 (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) {
9548 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
9549 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
9550 // conformance with the C++ standard.
9551 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
9552 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
9554 if (isSFINAEContext())
9557 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9562 // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their
9563 // composite pointer type.
9564 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
9565 // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite
9567 if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >=
9568 (IsRelational ? 2 : 1) &&
9569 (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount ||
9570 !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9571 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) {
9572 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9577 } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() &&
9578 RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
9579 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
9580 // when handling null pointer constants.
9581 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
9582 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9583 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
9584 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9586 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
9587 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
9588 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
9589 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
9590 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
9591 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
9592 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9593 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9595 } else if (!IsRelational &&
9596 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
9597 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
9598 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
9599 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9600 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9604 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
9606 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
9607 // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL.
9608 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9609 const PointerType *LHSPtr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9610 if (!LHSPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())) {
9612 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
9613 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
9614 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9617 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9618 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9619 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
9621 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9622 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
9624 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
9629 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9631 // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type
9632 // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare equal.
9633 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) {
9634 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
9635 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9638 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
9639 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9644 // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t.
9645 // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules.
9646 if (!IsRelational && RHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
9647 (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
9648 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9651 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
9652 (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
9653 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9658 ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
9659 (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) {
9660 // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is
9661 // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends,
9662 // since otherwise common uses of it break.
9663 // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and
9664 // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates.
9665 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
9666 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9667 DC = DC->getParent();
9668 if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) {
9669 if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() &&
9670 llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName())
9671 .Cases("less", "less_equal", "greater", "greater_equal", true)
9673 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType())
9674 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9676 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9683 // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to
9684 // their composite pointer type.
9685 if (!IsRelational &&
9686 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) {
9687 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9693 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
9695 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
9696 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
9697 RHS.get()->getType()))
9701 // Handle block pointer types.
9702 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
9703 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9704 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9705 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9707 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
9708 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
9709 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9710 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9711 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9713 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9717 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
9719 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
9720 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
9721 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9722 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9723 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
9724 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9725 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
9726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9727 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9728 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9730 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9731 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9732 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9733 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9735 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9736 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9737 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9741 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9742 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9743 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9744 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9746 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9747 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9749 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
9750 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9751 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9754 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9755 Expr *E = LHS.get();
9756 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9757 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E,
9758 CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9759 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
9760 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9763 Expr *E = RHS.get();
9764 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9765 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
9767 /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc);
9768 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
9769 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9773 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9774 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9775 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
9776 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9778 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
9779 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
9781 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9782 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
9784 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9788 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9789 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
9790 unsigned DiagID = 0;
9791 bool isError = false;
9792 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
9793 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
9794 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
9795 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9796 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
9798 isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9800 isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero
9801 : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
9803 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9804 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9806 } else if (IsRelational)
9807 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9809 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9813 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9814 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9819 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
9820 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9821 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9823 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9824 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9828 // Handle block pointers.
9829 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
9830 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9831 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9834 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
9835 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9836 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9840 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
9841 if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) {
9842 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9846 if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) {
9847 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9852 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9855 // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of
9856 // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical
9857 // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from
9858 // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long,
9859 // where long gets picked over long long.
9860 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
9861 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
9862 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
9864 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) {
9865 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
9866 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9867 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9868 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9869 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9870 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9871 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9872 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9873 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
9874 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9875 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9878 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy))
9879 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9880 VectorType::GenericVector);
9881 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9882 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9883 VectorType::GenericVector);
9884 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9885 return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9886 VectorType::GenericVector);
9887 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9888 return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9889 VectorType::GenericVector);
9890 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) &&
9891 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9892 return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9893 VectorType::GenericVector);
9896 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
9897 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
9898 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
9900 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9902 bool IsRelational) {
9903 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
9904 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
9905 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
9906 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9907 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
9911 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9913 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
9914 // bool for C++, int for C
9915 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec &&
9916 vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
9917 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9919 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9920 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9921 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9922 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
9923 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
9924 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9925 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
9926 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9927 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
9928 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
9929 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9931 << 2 // "a constant"
9935 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
9936 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
9937 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
9938 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9941 // Return a signed type for the vector.
9942 return GetSignedVectorType(vType);
9945 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9946 SourceLocation Loc) {
9947 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
9948 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
9949 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false,
9950 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9951 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
9953 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9954 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
9955 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
9956 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9957 // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the
9958 // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This
9959 // check could be notionally dropped.
9960 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9961 !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>())))
9962 return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9964 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
9967 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9969 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
9970 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
9973 Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign;
9975 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9976 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9977 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
9978 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
9979 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
9980 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9981 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
9982 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9986 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
9988 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
9989 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
9991 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
9993 LHS = LHSResult.get();
9994 RHS = RHSResult.get();
9996 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
9998 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10002 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10003 SourceLocation Loc,
10004 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
10005 // Check vector operands differently.
10006 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
10007 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
10009 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
10010 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
10012 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
10013 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
10014 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
10015 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
10016 !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10017 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
10018 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
10019 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
10020 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
10021 llvm::APSInt Result;
10022 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
10023 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
10024 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
10025 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
10026 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
10027 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
10028 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
10029 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
10030 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
10031 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
10032 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
10033 Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)),
10034 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
10035 if (Opc == BO_LAnd)
10036 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
10037 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
10038 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
10039 SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
10040 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
10044 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10045 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
10046 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
10047 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10048 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10049 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
10050 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
10051 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10054 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
10055 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10058 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
10059 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10062 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
10063 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
10064 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10066 return Context.IntTy;
10069 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
10070 // non-overloadable operands.
10072 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
10073 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
10074 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
10075 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
10076 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
10077 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10080 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
10081 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
10082 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10085 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
10086 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
10087 // The result is a bool.
10088 return Context.BoolTy;
10091 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
10092 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
10093 if (!ME) return false;
10094 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
10095 ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(
10096 ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
10097 if (!Base) return false;
10098 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
10101 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
10102 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
10103 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
10104 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
10105 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
10106 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
10107 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10109 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
10110 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
10111 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
10112 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
10114 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
10115 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10116 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
10117 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
10118 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
10120 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
10121 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
10122 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
10124 // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the
10125 // template pattern of the current context.
10126 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
10127 if (var->isInitCapture() &&
10128 FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext())
10130 if (DC == var->getDeclContext())
10133 DC = DC->getParent();
10135 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
10136 if (!var->isInitCapture())
10138 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
10141 static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) {
10142 Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType();
10143 if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType())
10144 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
10145 return !Ty.isConstQualified();
10148 /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give
10149 /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing
10150 /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or
10151 /// that the function is returning a const reference.
10152 static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
10153 SourceLocation Loc) {
10154 // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const
10155 // when this enum is changed.
10161 ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element
10164 SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange();
10166 // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit
10167 // a note to the error.
10168 bool DiagnosticEmitted = false;
10170 // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the
10171 // next checked expression is the result of a dereference.
10172 bool IsDereference = false;
10173 bool NextIsDereference = false;
10175 // Loop to process MemberExpr chains.
10177 IsDereference = NextIsDereference;
10179 E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10180 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
10181 NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow();
10182 const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
10183 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
10184 // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const.
10185 if (Field->isMutable()) {
10186 assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.");
10190 if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) {
10191 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10192 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10193 << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field
10194 << Field->getType();
10195 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10197 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10198 << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType()
10199 << Field->getSourceRange();
10203 } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
10204 if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) {
10205 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10206 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10207 << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl
10208 << VDecl->getType();
10209 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10211 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10212 << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType()
10213 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
10215 // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents.
10219 } // End MemberExpr
10223 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
10225 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
10226 if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) {
10227 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10228 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
10229 << ConstFunction << FD;
10230 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10232 S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
10233 diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10234 << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType()
10235 << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10237 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
10238 // Point to variable declaration.
10239 if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) {
10240 if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) {
10241 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10242 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10243 << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType();
10244 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10246 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10247 << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange();
10250 } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
10251 if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) {
10252 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
10253 if (MD->isConst()) {
10254 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10255 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
10256 << ConstMethod << MD;
10257 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10259 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10260 << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange();
10266 if (DiagnosticEmitted)
10269 // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error.
10270 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown;
10273 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
10274 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
10275 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
10276 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10278 S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc);
10280 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
10281 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
10283 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
10284 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
10285 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
10288 unsigned DiagID = 0;
10289 bool NeedType = false;
10290 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
10291 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
10292 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
10293 // from an enclosing function or block.
10294 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
10295 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
10296 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10298 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10302 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
10303 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
10304 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
10305 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
10306 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
10307 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
10309 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
10310 // user actually wrote 'const'.
10311 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
10312 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
10313 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
10314 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
10316 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
10317 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
10318 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
10319 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
10320 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
10322 // - fast enumeration variables
10324 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
10326 SourceRange Assign;
10327 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10328 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10329 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10330 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
10337 // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a
10338 // simple const assignment.
10340 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10345 case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace:
10346 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10348 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
10349 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
10350 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10353 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
10354 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10357 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
10358 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
10360 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
10361 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
10362 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
10363 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
10364 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
10365 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10367 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
10368 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
10369 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
10370 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
10371 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
10372 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
10374 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
10375 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
10376 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
10377 DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment;
10379 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
10380 DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting;
10384 SourceRange Assign;
10385 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10386 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10388 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10390 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10394 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
10395 SourceLocation Loc,
10398 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10399 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10400 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
10401 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
10402 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
10405 // Objective-C instance variables
10406 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10407 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10408 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
10409 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10410 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10411 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
10412 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
10417 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
10418 SourceLocation Loc,
10419 QualType CompoundType) {
10420 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10422 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
10423 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
10426 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
10427 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
10429 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2:
10430 // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that
10431 // contains half values
10432 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") &&
10433 LHSType->isHalfType()) {
10434 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1
10435 << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
10439 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
10440 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
10441 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
10443 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
10445 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
10446 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
10447 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10449 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
10450 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
10451 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
10452 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
10453 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
10454 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
10455 ConvTy = Compatible;
10457 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
10458 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
10459 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
10462 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
10463 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
10464 // instead of "x += 4".
10465 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
10466 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
10467 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
10468 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
10469 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
10470 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
10471 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
10472 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
10473 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
10474 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
10475 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
10476 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
10477 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
10478 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
10479 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
10483 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
10484 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
10485 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
10486 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
10487 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
10488 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10489 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
10490 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10491 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10494 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
10495 LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) {
10496 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10497 // Although this code can still have problems:
10498 // id x = self.weakProp;
10499 // id y = self.weakProp;
10500 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10501 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10502 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10503 // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak
10504 // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope.
10505 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10506 RHS.get()->getLocStart()))
10507 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
10509 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) {
10510 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10514 // Compound assignment "x += y"
10515 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
10518 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
10519 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
10522 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
10524 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
10525 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
10526 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
10527 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
10528 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
10529 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
10531 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10532 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
10535 // Only ignore explicit casts to void.
10536 static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) {
10537 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10539 if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
10540 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) {
10548 // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with
10549 // another operator. There is a whitelist of acceptable expressions for the
10550 // left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning.
10551 void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
10552 // No warnings in macros
10553 if (Loc.isMacroID())
10556 // Don't warn in template instantiations.
10557 if (inTemplateInstantiation())
10560 // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to whitelist the specific cases, so
10561 // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the
10562 // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp.
10563 // The whitelisted locations are the initialization and increment portions
10564 // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of
10565 // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops.
10566 const unsigned ForIncrementFlags =
10567 Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope;
10568 const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope;
10569 const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags();
10570 if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags ||
10571 (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags)
10574 // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the
10575 // of the comma operator as the LHS.
10576 while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
10577 if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma)
10579 LHS = BO->getRHS();
10582 // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn.
10583 if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS))
10586 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator);
10587 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::note_cast_to_void)
10588 << LHS->getSourceRange()
10589 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getLocStart(),
10590 LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>("
10592 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getLocEnd()),
10597 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10598 SourceLocation Loc) {
10599 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
10600 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
10601 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10604 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
10605 // operands, but not unary promotions.
10606 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
10608 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
10609 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
10610 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
10611 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10614 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
10616 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10617 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
10618 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10620 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
10621 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
10622 diag::err_incomplete_type);
10625 if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc))
10626 S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc);
10628 return RHS.get()->getType();
10631 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
10632 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
10633 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
10635 ExprObjectKind &OK,
10636 SourceLocation OpLoc,
10637 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
10638 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
10639 return S.Context.DependentTy;
10641 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
10642 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
10643 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
10645 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
10646 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
10648 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
10650 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
10651 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
10653 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
10656 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
10657 S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_increment_bool
10658 : diag::warn_increment_bool)
10659 << Op->getSourceRange();
10660 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
10661 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
10662 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
10664 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
10666 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
10667 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
10668 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
10670 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10671 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
10672 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
10673 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
10674 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
10676 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
10677 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
10678 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
10679 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
10680 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
10681 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
10682 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10683 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
10685 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
10686 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
10687 } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10688 (ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
10689 VectorType::AltiVecBool)) {
10690 // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors.
10691 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10692 ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
10693 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
10695 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
10696 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
10699 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
10700 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
10701 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
10703 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
10704 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
10706 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10708 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
10712 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
10717 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
10718 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
10719 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
10720 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
10721 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
10723 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
10725 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
10726 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
10727 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
10728 /// - & __real__ x -> x
10729 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
10730 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
10731 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
10732 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
10733 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
10734 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
10735 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
10737 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
10739 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
10740 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
10741 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10742 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
10743 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
10744 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
10745 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
10746 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
10747 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
10751 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10752 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
10754 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
10758 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
10763 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
10764 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10765 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
10766 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
10767 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
10768 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10777 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
10778 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
10779 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
10783 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
10785 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
10786 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10787 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
10788 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
10791 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
10792 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
10793 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
10794 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
10795 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
10796 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
10797 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
10798 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10799 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
10800 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
10801 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10802 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
10803 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
10804 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
10805 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10809 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
10810 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
10811 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
10812 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10813 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10817 return Context.OverloadTy;
10820 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
10821 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
10823 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
10824 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10825 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10829 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
10830 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10833 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
10834 return Context.DependentTy;
10836 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
10838 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
10839 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10841 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
10842 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
10843 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
10847 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
10848 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
10849 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
10850 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
10851 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
10852 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
10853 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
10855 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
10856 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
10858 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
10860 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
10861 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
10862 op->getLocStart()))
10865 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
10866 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
10868 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
10869 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
10870 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
10871 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
10872 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
10875 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
10877 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
10878 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
10879 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
10880 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
10881 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
10882 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
10884 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
10885 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
10886 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10887 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10890 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
10891 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10893 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
10894 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
10895 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
10896 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10898 // The method was named without a qualifier.
10899 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
10900 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
10901 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10902 << op->getSourceRange();
10904 SmallString<32> Str;
10905 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
10906 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10907 << op->getSourceRange()
10908 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
10912 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
10913 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
10914 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
10916 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
10917 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
10918 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
10919 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
10920 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
10922 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
10924 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
10925 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
10926 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
10927 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
10928 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
10930 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
10931 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
10935 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
10936 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
10937 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
10938 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
10939 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
10940 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
10941 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
10942 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
10943 // with the register storage-class specifier.
10944 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
10945 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
10946 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
10947 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
10948 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10949 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
10951 } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) {
10952 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
10953 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10954 return Context.OverloadTy;
10955 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
10956 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
10957 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
10958 // scope qualifier for the class.
10959 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
10960 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
10961 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
10962 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
10964 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
10965 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
10969 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
10970 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
10972 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
10974 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
10975 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
10976 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
10977 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
10981 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) &&
10982 !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl))
10983 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
10986 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
10987 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
10991 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
10992 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
10993 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
10994 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
10995 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
10998 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
10999 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
11000 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
11002 CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op);
11004 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
11007 static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
11008 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
11011 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
11014 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
11017 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
11018 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
11020 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
11021 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
11022 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
11025 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
11026 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
11027 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11028 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
11029 return S.Context.DependentTy;
11031 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
11032 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
11034 Op = ConvResult.get();
11035 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
11038 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
11039 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
11040 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
11041 Op->getSourceRange());
11044 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
11046 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
11048 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
11049 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
11050 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
11052 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
11053 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
11054 if (PR.get() != Op)
11055 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11058 if (Result.isNull()) {
11059 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
11060 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
11064 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
11065 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
11066 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
11067 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
11068 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
11070 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
11071 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
11072 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
11073 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
11074 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
11075 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
11077 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
11080 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
11081 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
11087 BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
11088 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
11090 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
11091 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
11092 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
11093 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
11094 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
11095 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
11096 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
11097 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
11098 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
11099 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
11100 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
11101 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
11102 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
11103 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
11104 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
11105 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
11106 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
11107 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
11108 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
11109 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
11110 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
11111 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
11112 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
11113 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
11114 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
11115 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
11116 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
11117 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
11118 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
11119 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
11120 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
11121 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
11122 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
11127 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
11128 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
11129 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
11131 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
11132 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
11133 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
11134 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
11135 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
11136 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
11137 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
11138 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
11139 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
11140 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
11141 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
11142 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
11147 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
11148 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
11149 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
11150 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
11151 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11152 if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
11154 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
11156 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11157 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11158 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11159 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11160 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
11161 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
11162 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
11164 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
11165 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
11166 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
11167 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
11168 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
11170 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11172 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
11173 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
11176 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
11177 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
11178 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11181 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
11182 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
11183 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
11184 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11185 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
11188 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
11189 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
11190 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
11192 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
11193 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
11196 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
11197 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
11201 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
11202 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
11203 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
11204 // code should generally never do.
11205 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11206 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
11207 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
11208 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
11209 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
11210 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
11211 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
11212 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
11213 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
11214 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
11215 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
11216 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
11219 S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
11220 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
11224 static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
11227 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
11228 return DRE->getDecl();
11229 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
11230 return ME->getMemberDecl();
11231 if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
11232 return IRE->getDecl();
11236 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
11237 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
11238 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
11239 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11240 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11241 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11242 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
11243 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
11244 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
11245 // non-assignment operators.
11247 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
11248 // of x = {} is x = T().
11249 InitializationKind Kind =
11250 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
11251 InitializedEntity Entity =
11252 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
11253 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
11254 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
11255 if (Init.isInvalid())
11257 RHSExpr = Init.get();
11260 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
11261 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
11262 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
11263 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
11264 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
11265 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11266 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11268 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11269 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
11270 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
11271 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
11272 LHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
11273 RHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr, [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) {
11274 if (Opc != BO_Assign)
11275 return ExprResult(E);
11276 // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS.
11277 Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
11278 return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E;
11280 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
11281 return ExprError();
11284 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11285 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType();
11286 QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
11287 // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by
11288 // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro.
11289 if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) {
11290 SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11291 if (BO_Assign == Opc)
11292 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR;
11294 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
11295 return ExprError();
11298 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11299 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11300 if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() ||
11301 LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() ||
11302 LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() ||
11303 LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
11304 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
11305 return ExprError();
11311 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
11312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11313 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
11314 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
11315 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11317 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
11318 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11319 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11321 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
11325 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
11326 Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
11330 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
11334 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11337 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11340 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11344 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11350 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11354 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
11357 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11361 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11365 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11369 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
11370 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
11371 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11372 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11373 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11376 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
11377 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11378 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11379 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11382 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
11383 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11384 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11387 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
11388 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11389 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11393 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11394 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11395 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11396 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11399 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
11400 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11403 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11404 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11405 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11406 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11409 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
11411 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
11412 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11416 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
11417 return ExprError();
11419 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
11420 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
11421 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
11423 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11424 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
11425 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
11426 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
11427 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
11428 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
11429 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
11430 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
11431 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
11432 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
11435 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
11437 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
11438 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
11439 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
11441 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
11442 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK,
11443 OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures);
11444 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
11447 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11449 return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
11450 LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
11451 OpLoc, FPFeatures);
11454 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
11455 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
11456 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
11457 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
11458 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11459 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11461 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
11462 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
11464 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't.
11465 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11466 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11467 if (isLeftComp == isRightComp)
11470 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
11471 // Don't diagnose this.
11472 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11473 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11474 if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise)
11477 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
11479 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11480 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
11481 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
11482 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
11483 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocEnd());
11485 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
11486 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
11487 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11488 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
11489 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
11490 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11491 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
11492 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
11496 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
11497 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
11498 /// in parentheses.
11500 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11501 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
11502 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
11503 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
11504 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11505 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11506 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11507 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11508 Bop->getSourceRange());
11511 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11513 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11515 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11516 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
11519 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11521 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11523 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11524 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
11527 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
11528 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11529 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11530 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
11531 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11532 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11533 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
11535 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11536 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
11537 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11538 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
11539 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
11540 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
11541 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
11542 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
11543 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
11549 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
11550 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11551 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11552 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
11553 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11554 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11555 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
11557 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11558 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
11559 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11564 /// \brief Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with
11565 /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
11566 /// the '&' expression in parentheses.
11567 static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11568 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) {
11569 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11570 if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) {
11571 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op)
11572 << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
11573 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11574 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11575 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11576 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11577 Bop->getSourceRange());
11582 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11583 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
11584 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11585 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
11586 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
11587 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
11588 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
11589 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11590 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
11591 Bop->getSourceRange());
11596 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11597 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11598 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
11602 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
11603 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
11606 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
11607 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
11610 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
11611 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11612 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
11613 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
11614 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11615 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
11616 OCE->getSourceRange());
11617 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
11618 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
11619 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
11620 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
11623 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
11625 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11626 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11628 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
11629 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
11630 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11632 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
11633 if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) &&
11634 !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11635 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
11636 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
11639 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
11640 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
11641 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11642 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11643 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11646 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
11647 || Opc == BO_Shr) {
11648 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
11649 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
11650 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
11653 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
11655 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
11656 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11659 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
11660 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
11661 tok::TokenKind Kind,
11662 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11663 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
11664 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
11665 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
11667 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
11668 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11670 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11673 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
11674 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11675 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11676 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11677 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
11678 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
11679 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
11681 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
11682 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
11683 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
11684 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
11685 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
11686 RHS->getType(), Functions);
11688 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
11689 // binary operation.
11690 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
11693 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11694 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11695 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11696 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
11697 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
11698 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
11699 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
11700 // any placeholder types out of the way.
11702 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
11703 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11704 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
11705 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
11706 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
11707 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11709 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11710 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11711 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
11712 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
11713 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
11714 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
11715 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
11716 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11717 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11718 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11720 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11721 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11722 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11725 // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function
11726 // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing
11727 // an invalid use of a bound member function.
11729 // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due
11730 // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above.
11731 if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() &&
11732 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember ||
11733 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) {
11734 auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(LHSExpr);
11735 if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() &&
11736 std::any_of(OE->decls_begin(), OE->decls_end(), [](NamedDecl *ND) {
11737 return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND);
11739 Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc()
11740 : OE->getNameLoc(),
11741 diag::err_template_kw_missing)
11742 << OE->getName().getAsString() << "";
11743 return ExprError();
11747 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
11748 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11749 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
11752 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
11753 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11754 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
11755 // being assigned to.
11756 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11757 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11758 (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11759 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()))
11760 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11762 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11765 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11766 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
11767 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11768 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11770 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11771 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
11772 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11776 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
11778 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
11779 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11781 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
11782 // overloadable type.
11783 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
11784 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11785 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11788 // Build a built-in binary operation.
11789 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11792 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11793 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
11795 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
11796 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11797 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11798 QualType resultType;
11799 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11800 QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType();
11801 // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'.
11802 if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) ||
11803 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11804 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11805 (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType()
11806 || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) {
11807 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11808 << InputExpr->getType()
11809 << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11817 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
11819 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11821 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11825 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
11826 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
11829 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11830 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11831 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11836 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11837 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11838 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11839 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11841 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
11843 else if (resultType->isVectorType() &&
11844 // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors.
11845 (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector ||
11846 resultType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
11847 VectorType::AltiVecBool))
11849 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
11851 resultType->isPointerType())
11854 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11855 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11857 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
11858 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11859 if (Input.isInvalid())
11860 return ExprError();
11861 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11862 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11864 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
11865 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
11866 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
11867 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
11868 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
11869 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
11871 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11872 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
11873 // on vector float types.
11874 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11875 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11876 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11877 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11879 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11880 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11884 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
11885 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
11886 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11887 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11888 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11890 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
11891 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
11892 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
11893 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
11896 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11898 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
11899 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
11900 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11901 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
11902 // operand contextually converted to bool.
11903 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
11904 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
11905 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11906 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11907 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11908 // operate on scalar float types.
11909 if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType())
11910 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11911 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11913 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
11914 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11915 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11916 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11917 // operate on vector float types.
11918 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11919 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11920 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11921 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11923 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
11924 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
11927 // FIXME: GCC's vector extension permits the usage of '!' with a vector
11928 // type in C++. We should allow that here too.
11929 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11930 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11933 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
11934 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
11935 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
11939 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
11940 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
11941 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
11942 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11943 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
11944 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
11945 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
11946 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
11947 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11948 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
11949 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11953 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11954 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
11955 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
11958 // It's unnessesary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the
11959 // AST; just return the input expression instead.
11960 assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11961 "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before "
11962 "building operator co_await");
11965 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
11966 return ExprError();
11968 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
11969 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
11970 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
11971 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
11972 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
11973 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
11975 return new (Context)
11976 UnaryOperator(Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, OpLoc);
11979 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
11980 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
11981 /// with the address-of operator.
11982 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
11983 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11984 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
11987 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11988 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
11991 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
11993 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
11994 return Method->isInstance();
11999 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
12000 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
12003 for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) {
12004 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
12005 if (Method->isInstance())
12008 // Overload set does not contain methods.
12019 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
12020 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
12021 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
12022 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
12023 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
12024 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
12025 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
12026 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
12027 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12029 // extension is always a builtin operator.
12030 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
12031 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12033 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
12034 // The builtin code knows what to do.
12035 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
12036 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
12037 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
12038 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
12039 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12041 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
12042 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
12043 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12044 Input = Result.get();
12047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
12048 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
12049 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
12050 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
12051 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
12052 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
12054 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
12055 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
12056 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
12057 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
12060 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
12063 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12066 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
12067 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
12068 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
12069 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
12072 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
12073 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
12074 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
12075 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
12076 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
12077 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
12078 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
12081 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
12082 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
12083 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
12084 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
12086 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
12087 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
12088 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
12089 if (!cleanups) return nullptr;
12091 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
12092 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
12095 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
12096 // features of the statement.
12097 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
12098 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
12099 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
12100 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
12104 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
12105 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
12108 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
12109 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
12110 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
12112 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12113 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12117 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
12118 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
12119 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
12120 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
12122 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12123 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12124 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12125 "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
12126 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12128 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
12129 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
12130 // More semantic analysis is needed.
12132 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
12133 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
12134 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
12135 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
12136 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
12137 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
12138 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = nullptr;
12139 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
12140 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
12141 LastLabelStmt = Label;
12142 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
12145 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
12146 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
12147 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
12148 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
12149 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
12150 return ExprError();
12151 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12153 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
12154 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
12155 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
12156 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
12157 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
12158 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
12160 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
12161 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
12162 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
12164 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
12165 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
12172 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
12173 return ExprError();
12174 if (LastExpr.get() != nullptr) {
12175 if (!LastLabelStmt)
12176 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.get());
12178 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.get());
12179 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
12185 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
12186 // expressions are not lvalues.
12187 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
12188 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
12189 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
12190 return ResStmtExpr;
12193 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12194 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12195 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
12196 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
12197 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
12198 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
12199 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
12201 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
12202 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
12203 // a struct/union/class.
12204 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
12205 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
12206 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
12208 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
12209 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
12211 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
12212 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
12213 return ExprError();
12215 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
12216 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
12217 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
12218 // a system header!
12219 if (Components.size() != 1)
12220 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
12221 << SourceRange(Components[1].LocStart, Components.back().LocEnd);
12223 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
12224 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
12225 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
12226 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
12227 for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) {
12228 if (OC.isBrackets) {
12229 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
12230 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
12231 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
12233 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
12235 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
12237 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
12239 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
12240 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
12241 return ExprError();
12242 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
12244 // The expression must be an integral expression.
12245 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
12246 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
12247 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
12248 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
12249 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
12250 << Idx->getSourceRange());
12252 // Record this array index.
12253 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
12254 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
12258 // Offset of a field.
12259 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
12260 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
12261 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
12262 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
12263 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
12267 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
12268 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
12269 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
12270 return ExprError();
12272 // Look for the designated field.
12273 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
12275 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
12277 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
12279 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
12280 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
12281 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
12283 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
12284 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
12286 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
12287 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
12289 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
12290 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
12292 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
12293 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
12295 << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
12297 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
12300 // Look for the field.
12301 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
12302 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
12303 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
12304 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
12306 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
12307 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
12311 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
12312 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
12316 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
12318 // We diagnose this as an error.
12319 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
12320 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
12321 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
12322 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
12323 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
12324 return ExprError();
12327 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
12328 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
12329 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
12331 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
12332 // the base class indirections.
12333 CXXBasePaths Paths;
12334 if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent),
12336 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
12337 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
12338 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
12339 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
12340 return ExprError();
12343 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
12344 for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path)
12345 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base));
12348 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
12349 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
12350 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI));
12351 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
12352 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
12355 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
12357 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
12360 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
12361 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
12364 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
12365 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12366 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
12367 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
12368 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
12369 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
12371 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
12372 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
12373 if (ArgTy.isNull())
12374 return ExprError();
12377 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
12379 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc);
12383 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12385 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
12386 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12387 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
12389 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
12390 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
12392 bool ValueDependent = false;
12393 bool CondIsTrue = false;
12394 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
12395 resType = Context.DependentTy;
12396 ValueDependent = true;
12398 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
12399 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
12401 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
12402 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
12403 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
12404 return ExprError();
12405 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
12406 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
12408 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
12409 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
12411 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
12412 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
12413 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
12414 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
12417 return new (Context)
12418 ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
12419 CondIsTrue, resType->isDependentType(), ValueDependent);
12422 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12423 // Clang Extensions.
12424 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12426 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
12427 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12428 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
12430 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12431 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
12432 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
12433 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
12434 ManglingContextDecl)) {
12435 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
12436 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
12440 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
12441 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
12443 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
12445 CurContext = Block;
12447 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
12449 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
12450 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
12451 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
12452 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
12455 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
12457 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12458 "block-id should have no identifier!");
12459 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
12460 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
12462 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
12463 QualType T = Sig->getType();
12465 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
12466 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
12467 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
12468 // Drop the parameters.
12469 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12470 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
12471 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
12472 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
12473 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12476 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
12477 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
12478 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
12479 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
12480 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
12482 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
12483 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
12485 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
12486 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
12488 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
12489 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
12490 // written signature.
12491 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
12492 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
12493 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
12494 // TypeSourceInfos.
12495 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
12496 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
12497 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
12498 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
12500 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
12504 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
12505 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
12507 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
12508 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
12510 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
12512 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
12514 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
12515 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
12517 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
12518 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
12519 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
12520 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
12521 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
12524 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
12525 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
12526 if (ExplicitSignature) {
12527 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
12528 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
12529 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12530 !Param->isImplicit() &&
12531 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
12532 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12533 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
12534 Params.push_back(Param);
12537 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
12538 // ^ fntype { ... }
12539 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
12540 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
12541 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
12542 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getLocStart(), I);
12543 Params.push_back(Param);
12547 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
12548 if (!Params.empty()) {
12549 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
12550 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(),
12551 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
12554 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
12555 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
12557 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
12558 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) {
12559 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
12561 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12562 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
12563 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
12565 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
12570 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
12571 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
12572 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12573 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12574 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12575 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12577 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
12579 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
12582 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
12583 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
12584 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
12585 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
12586 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
12587 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
12588 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL;
12590 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12591 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12592 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12593 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12594 "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
12595 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12597 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
12599 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
12600 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
12604 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
12605 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
12606 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
12608 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
12611 // Set the captured variables on the block.
12612 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
12613 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
12614 for (CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) {
12615 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
12617 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
12618 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
12619 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
12621 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
12623 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
12624 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
12625 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
12627 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
12628 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
12630 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
12631 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
12632 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12634 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12636 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
12637 // preserve its sugar structure.
12638 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
12639 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
12640 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
12642 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
12644 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
12645 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
12646 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
12648 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
12651 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
12653 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12654 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
12655 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12658 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->parameters());
12659 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
12661 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
12662 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12663 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12664 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12666 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12668 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12669 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BSI->TheDecl);
12671 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
12672 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
12673 // to deduce an implicit return type.
12674 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
12675 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
12676 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
12678 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
12679 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
12680 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
12682 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
12683 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
12684 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
12685 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
12686 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
12687 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
12689 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
12690 // variables needs destruction.
12691 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
12692 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
12693 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
12694 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
12703 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
12704 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12705 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
12706 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
12707 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
12710 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12711 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12712 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12713 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
12716 // CUDA device code does not support varargs.
12717 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
12718 if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
12719 CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F);
12720 if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice)
12721 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device));
12725 // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg()
12726 // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where
12727 // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.)
12728 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() &&
12729 Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) {
12730 QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType();
12731 if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) {
12732 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12733 return ExprError();
12738 // Get the va_list type
12739 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
12741 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
12742 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
12743 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
12744 // a pointer for va_arg.
12745 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
12746 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
12747 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
12748 if (Result.isInvalid())
12749 return ExprError();
12751 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12752 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
12753 // check the argument using reference binding.
12754 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
12755 Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
12756 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
12757 if (Init.isInvalid())
12758 return ExprError();
12759 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
12761 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
12762 // it is modified by va_arg.
12763 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
12764 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12765 return ExprError();
12769 if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() &&
12770 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType()))
12771 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
12772 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
12773 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
12775 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12776 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
12777 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
12778 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12779 return ExprError();
12781 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12783 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
12784 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12785 return ExprError();
12787 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
12788 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12789 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
12790 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
12791 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
12792 << TInfo->getType()
12793 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
12796 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
12797 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
12798 QualType PromoteType;
12799 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
12800 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
12801 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
12802 PromoteType = QualType();
12804 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
12805 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
12806 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
12807 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
12808 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
12809 << TInfo->getType()
12811 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
12814 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
12815 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS);
12818 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
12819 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
12820 // pointers on the target.
12822 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
12823 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
12824 Ty = Context.IntTy;
12825 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
12826 Ty = Context.LongTy;
12827 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
12828 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
12830 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
12833 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
12836 bool Sema::ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp,
12838 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
12841 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12845 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
12846 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
12847 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
12848 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
12852 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
12853 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
12854 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
12855 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12856 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
12857 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
12858 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12860 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
12861 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
12864 Diag(SL->getLocStart(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
12865 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
12866 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getLocStart(), SL).get();
12871 static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType,
12872 const Expr *SrcExpr) {
12873 if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() ||
12874 !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType())
12877 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
12881 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12885 return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD,
12887 SrcExpr->getLocStart());
12890 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
12891 SourceLocation Loc,
12892 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
12893 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
12894 bool *Complained) {
12896 *Complained = false;
12898 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
12899 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
12900 bool isInvalid = false;
12901 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
12903 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
12904 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
12905 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
12906 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
12907 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
12911 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
12915 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
12916 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12917 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12920 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
12921 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12922 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12924 case IncompatiblePointer:
12925 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
12926 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
12927 else if (SrcType->isFunctionPointerType() &&
12928 DstType->isFunctionPointerType())
12929 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer;
12931 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
12933 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12934 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
12935 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
12936 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12938 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
12939 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
12940 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
12942 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12944 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
12945 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
12947 case FunctionVoidPointer:
12948 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
12950 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
12951 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
12952 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
12954 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
12955 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
12956 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
12957 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
12961 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
12962 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
12966 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
12969 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
12970 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
12971 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
12972 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
12973 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
12974 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
12975 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
12976 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
12977 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
12979 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12980 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
12982 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
12984 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
12985 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
12987 case IntToBlockPointer:
12988 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
12990 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
12991 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
12993 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
12994 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
12995 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
12996 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12997 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
13001 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
13002 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
13003 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
13005 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
13006 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
13007 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
13008 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
13012 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
13013 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
13014 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
13016 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
13019 case IncompatibleVectors:
13020 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
13022 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
13023 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
13026 if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) {
13028 *Complained = true;
13032 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
13033 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
13034 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
13036 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
13040 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
13043 case AA_Initializing:
13044 // The destination type comes first.
13045 FirstType = DstType;
13046 SecondType = SrcType;
13051 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
13052 case AA_Converting:
13055 // The source type comes first.
13056 FirstType = SrcType;
13057 SecondType = DstType;
13061 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
13062 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
13063 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
13065 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
13067 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
13068 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
13069 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
13070 for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints)
13075 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
13077 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
13078 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
13081 if (DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id &&
13082 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
13083 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
13084 << IFace->getName() << PDecl->getName();
13086 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
13087 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
13088 FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true);
13090 if (CheckInferredResultType)
13091 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
13093 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
13094 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
13097 *Complained = true;
13101 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
13102 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
13103 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
13105 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
13106 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
13110 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
13113 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
13114 llvm::APSInt *Result,
13117 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
13121 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
13122 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
13124 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
13125 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
13127 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
13129 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
13132 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13134 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
13138 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
13139 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
13141 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
13143 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13144 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
13145 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
13146 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
13147 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
13148 // unscoped enumeration type
13149 ExprResult Converted;
13150 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
13152 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
13153 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
13156 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13157 QualType T) override {
13158 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
13161 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
13162 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13163 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
13166 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
13167 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
13168 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
13171 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
13172 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
13173 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
13174 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
13177 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
13178 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13179 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
13182 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
13183 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
13184 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
13185 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
13188 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
13189 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
13190 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
13192 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
13194 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
13196 if (Converted.isInvalid())
13198 E = Converted.get();
13199 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
13200 return ExprError();
13201 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
13202 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
13203 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
13204 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13205 return ExprError();
13208 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
13209 // in the non-ICE case.
13210 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
13212 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
13216 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
13217 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13218 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
13220 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
13221 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
13222 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
13223 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
13225 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
13226 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
13227 // this is a constant expression.
13228 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
13230 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
13234 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
13235 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
13237 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13238 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13239 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13243 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
13244 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
13245 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13246 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
13247 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
13250 return ExprError();
13253 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13254 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
13255 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
13258 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
13263 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
13264 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
13265 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
13266 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
13269 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
13271 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
13272 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
13274 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
13275 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
13276 // fix to TreeTransform?
13277 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
13278 S->getDecl()->setStmt(nullptr);
13279 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
13282 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
13283 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
13284 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
13285 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
13288 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
13289 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13290 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
13291 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
13292 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
13293 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
13294 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
13296 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
13299 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
13300 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
13301 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
13304 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
13307 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
13308 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
13314 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
13315 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
13316 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
13317 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
13318 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
13319 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
13321 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
13325 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13326 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
13328 ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup,
13329 LambdaContextDecl, IsDecltype);
13331 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
13332 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13336 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13337 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
13339 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
13340 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
13343 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
13344 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
13345 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
13347 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
13348 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
13350 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
13351 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
13352 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
13354 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
13356 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
13357 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
13358 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
13359 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
13360 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
13363 // C++1z allows lambda expressions as core constant expressions.
13364 // FIXME: In C++1z, reinstate the restrictions on lambda expressions (CWG
13365 // 1607) from appearing within template-arguments and array-bounds that
13366 // are part of function-signatures. Be mindful that P0315 (Lambdas in
13367 // unevaluated contexts) might lift some of these restrictions in a
13369 if (!Rec.isConstantEvaluated() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
13370 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
13371 Diag(L->getLocStart(), D);
13373 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
13374 // during lambda expression creation.
13375 for (auto *Lambda : Rec.Lambdas) {
13376 for (auto *C : Lambda->capture_inits())
13377 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(C);
13382 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
13383 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
13384 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
13385 // will never be constructed.
13386 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
13387 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
13388 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13389 Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup;
13390 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
13391 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13392 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
13394 Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup);
13395 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
13396 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
13399 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
13400 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
13402 if (!ExprEvalContexts.empty())
13403 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
13405 assert(NumTypos == 0 && "There are outstanding typos after popping the "
13406 "last ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord");
13409 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
13410 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
13411 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
13412 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13414 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
13417 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
13418 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
13420 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
13423 /// Are we within a context in which some evaluation could be performed (be it
13424 /// constant evaluation or runtime evaluation)? Sadly, this notion is not quite
13425 /// captured by C++'s idea of an "unevaluated context".
13426 static bool isEvaluatableContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
13427 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13428 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
13429 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13430 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
13431 // Expressions in this context are never evaluated.
13434 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
13435 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
13436 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13437 // Expressions in this context could be evaluated.
13440 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13441 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
13442 // containing expression is used, at which point we'll be given another
13443 // turn to mark them.
13446 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13449 /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to
13450 /// variables result in odr-use?
13451 static bool isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef, bool SkipDependentUses = true) {
13452 // An expression in a template is not really an expression until it's been
13453 // instantiated, so it doesn't trigger odr-use.
13454 if (SkipDependentUses && SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
13457 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13458 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
13459 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
13460 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13461 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
13464 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
13465 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13468 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13471 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13474 static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) {
13475 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
13476 return Func->isConstexpr() &&
13477 (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || (MD && !MD->isUserProvided()));
13480 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
13481 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
13482 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
13483 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
13484 assert(Func && "No function?");
13486 Func->setReferenced();
13488 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
13489 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
13490 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
13491 // set of overloaded functions [...].
13493 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
13494 // can just check that here.
13495 bool OdrUse = MightBeOdrUse && isOdrUseContext(*this);
13497 // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per
13498 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
13499 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
13500 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
13501 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
13502 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
13504 // That is either when this is an odr-use, or when a usage of a constexpr
13505 // function occurs within an evaluatable context.
13506 bool NeedDefinition =
13507 OdrUse || (isEvaluatableContext(*this) &&
13508 isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func));
13510 // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6:
13511 // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization
13512 // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would
13513 // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit
13514 // in which such a use occurs
13515 if (NeedDefinition &&
13516 (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared ||
13517 Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()))
13518 checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func);
13520 // C++14 [except.spec]p17:
13521 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
13522 // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand,
13523 // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated;
13525 // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the
13526 // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the
13527 // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its
13528 // exception specification for a different reason.
13529 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
13530 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
13531 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
13533 // If we don't need to mark the function as used, and we don't need to
13534 // try to provide a definition, there's nothing more to do.
13535 if ((Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false) || !OdrUse) &&
13536 (!NeedDefinition || Func->getBody()))
13539 // Note that this declaration has been used.
13540 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
13541 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
13542 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
13543 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
13544 if (Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13546 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13547 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
13548 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13549 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
13550 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13552 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
13553 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13555 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
13556 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
13557 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
13558 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) {
13559 if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13561 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
13563 if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13564 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
13565 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
13566 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
13567 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
13568 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13569 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
13570 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
13571 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13572 else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
13573 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13575 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
13576 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
13577 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
13578 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13579 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
13580 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13582 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13583 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13584 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
13587 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
13588 // FIXME: Is this really right?
13589 if (CurContext == Func) return;
13591 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
13592 // class templates.
13593 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
13594 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
13595 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
13596 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
13597 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
13598 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13599 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13600 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13601 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13602 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13603 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13605 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
13606 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
13607 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13608 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13609 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13610 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13611 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13612 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13616 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
13617 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
13618 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
13619 CodeSynthesisContexts.size())
13620 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
13621 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
13622 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
13623 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
13624 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
13625 // call to such a function.
13626 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
13628 Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true);
13629 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
13630 PointOfInstantiation));
13631 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
13632 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
13636 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
13637 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
13638 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
13639 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, OdrUse);
13643 if (!OdrUse) return;
13645 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
13646 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
13647 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
13648 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13649 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
13650 !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
13651 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
13652 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13655 Func->markUsed(Context);
13659 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
13660 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
13661 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
13663 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
13664 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
13666 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
13667 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
13670 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
13671 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
13672 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
13674 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
13675 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
13676 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
13677 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
13680 unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0;
13681 unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown
13682 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
13683 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
13685 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
13687 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
13691 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context)
13692 << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC;
13693 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
13696 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
13701 static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13702 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
13703 QualType &CaptureType,
13704 QualType &DeclRefType) {
13705 // Check whether we've already captured it.
13706 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
13707 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
13708 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
13710 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
13711 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
13713 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
13714 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13716 // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy
13717 // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are
13718 // private instances of the captured declarations.
13719 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
13720 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
13721 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) &&
13722 !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) &&
13723 cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP))
13724 DeclRefType.addConst();
13730 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
13731 // capture; other scopes don't work.
13732 static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
13733 SourceLocation Loc,
13734 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13735 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
13736 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
13737 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13739 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
13744 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
13745 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
13746 // so check for eligibility.
13747 static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13748 SourceLocation Loc,
13749 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13751 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
13752 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
13754 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
13755 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
13756 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
13757 // assuming that's the intent.
13758 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
13760 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
13761 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13766 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
13767 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
13769 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
13770 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13771 << Var->getDeclName();
13775 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
13776 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
13777 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13778 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13781 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
13783 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
13784 << Var->getDeclName();
13785 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13786 << Var->getDeclName();
13791 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13792 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
13793 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
13794 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
13796 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
13797 << Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
13798 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13799 << Var->getDeclName();
13803 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks
13804 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock &&
13805 Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
13807 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block);
13814 // Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
13815 static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
13816 SourceLocation Loc,
13817 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13818 QualType &CaptureType,
13819 QualType &DeclRefType,
13822 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
13823 bool ByRef = false;
13825 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
13826 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
13827 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13828 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
13829 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13830 << Var->getDeclName();
13835 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
13836 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
13837 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13838 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
13840 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13841 << Var->getDeclName();
13846 // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks.
13847 if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
13848 // This function finds out whether there is an AttributedType of kind
13849 // attr_objc_ownership in Ty. The existence of AttributedType of kind
13850 // attr_objc_ownership implies __autoreleasing was explicitly specified
13851 // rather than being added implicitly by the compiler.
13852 auto IsObjCOwnershipAttributedType = [](QualType Ty) {
13853 while (const auto *AttrTy = Ty->getAs<AttributedType>()) {
13854 if (AttrTy->getAttrKind() == AttributedType::attr_objc_ownership)
13857 // Peel off AttributedTypes that are not of kind objc_ownership.
13858 Ty = AttrTy->getModifiedType();
13864 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
13866 if (PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
13867 PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing &&
13868 !IsObjCOwnershipAttributedType(PointeeTy)) {
13869 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13870 SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation();
13871 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing);
13873 auto AddAutoreleaseNote =
13874 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_autoreleasing);
13875 // Provide a fix-it for the '__autoreleasing' keyword at the
13876 // appropriate location in the variable's type.
13877 if (const auto *TSI = Var->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
13878 PointerTypeLoc PTL =
13879 TSI->getTypeLoc().getAsAdjusted<PointerTypeLoc>();
13881 SourceLocation Loc = PTL.getPointeeLoc().getEndLoc();
13882 Loc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, S.getSourceManager(),
13884 if (Loc.isValid()) {
13885 StringRef CharAtLoc = Lexer::getSourceText(
13886 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, Loc.getLocWithOffset(1)),
13887 S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts());
13888 AddAutoreleaseNote << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
13889 Loc, CharAtLoc.empty() || !isWhitespace(CharAtLoc[0])
13890 ? " __autoreleasing "
13891 : " __autoreleasing");
13896 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong);
13901 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13902 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() ||
13903 (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) {
13904 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
13905 // declaration reference types.
13908 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
13909 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
13910 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
13912 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
13913 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13914 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
13915 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
13916 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
13917 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
13918 // actually requires the destructor.
13919 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
13920 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
13922 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
13923 // full-expression.
13924 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(
13925 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
13927 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
13928 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
13929 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
13930 Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
13931 DeclRefType.withConst(),
13935 = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
13936 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
13937 CaptureType, false),
13940 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
13941 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
13942 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
13943 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
13944 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
13946 Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
13947 CopyExpr = Result.get();
13953 // Actually capture the variable.
13954 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
13955 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
13956 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
13963 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
13964 static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
13966 SourceLocation Loc,
13967 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13968 QualType &CaptureType,
13969 QualType &DeclRefType,
13970 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
13972 // By default, capture variables by reference.
13974 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
13975 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
13976 if (S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))
13977 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
13978 ByRef = S.IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
13982 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
13984 CaptureType = DeclRefType;
13986 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
13987 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13988 // The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
13989 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression
13990 // evaluation will be needed.
13991 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
13994 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureType,
13995 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
13996 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
13997 Field->setImplicit(true);
13998 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
13999 RD->addDecl(Field);
14001 CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
14002 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
14003 Var->setReferenced(true);
14004 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
14007 // Actually capture the variable.
14008 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14009 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, Loc,
14010 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
14016 /// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
14017 /// being captured.
14018 static void addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
14019 QualType FieldType, QualType DeclRefType,
14020 SourceLocation Loc,
14021 bool RefersToCapturedVariable) {
14022 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
14024 // Build the non-static data member.
14026 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, nullptr, FieldType,
14027 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
14028 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
14029 Field->setImplicit(true);
14030 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
14031 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
14034 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
14035 static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
14037 SourceLocation Loc,
14038 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
14039 QualType &CaptureType,
14040 QualType &DeclRefType,
14041 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
14042 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
14043 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
14044 const bool IsTopScope,
14047 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
14048 bool ByRef = false;
14049 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
14050 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
14052 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
14055 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
14057 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
14058 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
14059 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
14060 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
14061 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
14062 // captured by reference.
14064 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
14065 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
14066 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
14067 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
14068 // easily defensible position.
14069 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14071 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
14072 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
14073 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
14074 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
14075 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
14076 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
14077 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
14078 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
14079 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
14080 // function. - end note ]
14081 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
14082 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
14083 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
14086 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
14087 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
14088 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14089 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
14090 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14091 << Var->getDeclName();
14096 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
14097 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14098 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
14099 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CaptureType,
14100 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_type,
14101 Var->getDeclName()))
14104 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
14105 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
14110 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
14111 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14112 addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
14113 RefersToCapturedVariable);
14115 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
14117 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14119 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
14120 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
14121 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
14122 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's
14123 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
14124 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14125 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
14126 DeclRefType.addConst();
14129 // Add the capture.
14130 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14131 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
14132 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, /*CopyExpr=*/nullptr);
14137 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(
14138 VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
14139 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
14140 QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
14141 // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its
14142 // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class.
14143 DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext();
14144 if (Var->isInitCapture())
14145 VarDC = VarDC->getParent();
14147 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
14148 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
14149 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
14150 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
14151 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
14152 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
14153 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
14154 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
14155 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
14161 // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to
14163 if (VarDC == DC) return true;
14165 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
14167 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
14168 if (IsGlobal && !(LangOpts.OpenMP && IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)))
14171 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
14172 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
14173 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
14174 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
14175 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
14176 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
14177 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
14179 CaptureType = Var->getType();
14180 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14181 bool Nested = false;
14182 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
14183 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
14185 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
14186 // capture; other scopes don't work.
14187 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
14191 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
14192 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
14193 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
14196 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
14202 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
14203 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
14206 // Check whether we've already captured it.
14207 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
14209 CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
14212 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
14213 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
14214 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
14216 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
14217 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14218 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
14219 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
14220 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
14221 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14222 << Var->getDeclName();
14223 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
14225 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
14229 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
14230 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
14231 // so check for eligibility.
14232 if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
14235 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
14236 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14237 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
14239 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
14240 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
14241 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
14242 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI);
14245 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) {
14246 if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14247 // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so
14248 // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a
14249 // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region.
14250 if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
14251 auto IsTargetCap = isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
14252 // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the
14253 // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the
14254 // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested.
14256 FunctionScopesIndex--;
14258 if (IsTargetCap || isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel)) {
14259 Nested = !IsTargetCap;
14260 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
14261 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14267 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
14268 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
14269 // so cannot capture this variable.
14270 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14271 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
14272 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14273 << Var->getDeclName();
14274 if (cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda)
14275 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
14276 diag::note_lambda_decl);
14277 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
14278 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
14279 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
14280 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
14281 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
14282 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
14283 // explicitly. Suggestion:
14284 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
14285 // at the function head
14286 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
14287 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
14292 FunctionScopesIndex--;
14295 } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC));
14297 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
14298 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
14299 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
14300 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
14301 // at the lambda nested within that one.
14302 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
14304 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
14306 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14307 if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14308 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14309 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
14312 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14313 if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14314 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14315 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
14319 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
14320 if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14321 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14322 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
14323 /*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
14331 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
14332 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
14333 QualType CaptureType;
14334 QualType DeclRefType;
14335 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
14336 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
14337 DeclRefType, nullptr);
14340 bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
14341 QualType CaptureType;
14342 QualType DeclRefType;
14343 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
14344 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
14345 DeclRefType, nullptr);
14348 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
14349 QualType CaptureType;
14350 QualType DeclRefType;
14352 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
14353 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
14354 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
14355 DeclRefType, nullptr))
14358 return DeclRefType;
14363 // If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
14364 // return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
14365 // expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
14366 // might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
14367 static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
14368 ASTContext &Context) {
14370 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
14372 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
14373 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
14376 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
14377 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
14378 if (Init->isValueDependent())
14380 return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
14384 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
14385 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
14386 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
14387 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14388 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
14389 // conversion part.
14390 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
14392 // If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
14393 // to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
14394 // a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
14396 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
14397 Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
14398 VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
14399 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
14400 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
14401 else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
14402 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14404 if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
14405 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
14409 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
14410 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
14412 if (!Res.isUsable())
14415 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
14416 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
14417 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
14418 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
14419 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
14423 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
14424 for (Expr *E : MaybeODRUseExprs) {
14426 SourceLocation Loc;
14427 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
14428 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14429 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
14430 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
14431 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14432 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
14434 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression");
14437 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this,
14438 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ nullptr);
14441 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
14445 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14446 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
14447 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
14448 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
14449 Var->setReferenced();
14451 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
14453 bool OdrUseContext = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef);
14454 bool NeedDefinition =
14455 OdrUseContext || (isEvaluatableContext(SemaRef) &&
14456 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context));
14458 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
14459 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
14460 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
14461 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
14463 // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check
14464 // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable
14465 // template specializations when we created them.
14466 if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
14467 !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var))
14468 SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var);
14470 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
14471 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
14472 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
14473 // in a constant expression.
14474 if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
14475 bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
14477 if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
14478 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
14479 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
14480 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
14481 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
14482 } else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
14483 // Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
14484 // its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
14485 TryInstantiating = false;
14488 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
14489 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
14491 if (TryInstantiating) {
14492 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
14493 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
14494 bool IsNonDependent =
14495 VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
14496 VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
14499 // Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
14500 if (IsNonDependent) {
14501 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
14502 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
14503 // constant expression.
14504 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
14506 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
14507 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
14513 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
14514 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
14515 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14516 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
14517 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
14518 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
14519 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
14520 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
14521 if (OdrUseContext && E &&
14522 IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
14523 // A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
14524 // odr-used, so simply ignore it.
14525 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
14526 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
14527 } else if (OdrUseContext) {
14528 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef,
14529 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/ nullptr);
14530 } else if (isOdrUseContext(SemaRef, /*SkipDependentUses*/false)) {
14531 // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as
14532 // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture.
14533 // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions
14534 // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)?
14535 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
14536 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
14537 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
14538 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
14539 LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI =
14540 SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true);
14541 if (LSI && !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext())) {
14542 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
14543 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
14544 // lvalue-to-rvalue
14545 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
14546 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
14547 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
14548 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
14549 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
14550 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
14551 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
14552 !IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context))
14553 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
14559 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
14560 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
14561 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
14562 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
14563 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr);
14566 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14567 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14568 if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
14569 SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D);
14571 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14572 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
14576 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse);
14578 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
14579 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
14580 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
14583 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14586 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
14587 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() &&
14588 ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
14589 if (!IsVirtualCall)
14592 // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function
14594 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod(
14595 ME->getBase(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext);
14597 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse);
14600 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
14601 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) {
14602 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
14603 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
14604 // if it's a qualified reference.
14605 bool OdrUse = true;
14606 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14607 if (Method->isVirtual() &&
14608 !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, getLangOpts().AppleKext))
14610 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
14613 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
14614 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
14615 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
14616 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
14617 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
14618 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
14619 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
14620 // name is not explicitly qualified.
14621 bool MightBeOdrUse = true;
14622 if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) {
14623 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
14624 if (Method->isPure())
14625 MightBeOdrUse = false;
14627 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
14628 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
14629 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse);
14632 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
14633 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
14634 /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
14635 /// normal expression which refers to a variable.
14636 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D,
14637 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14638 if (MightBeOdrUse) {
14639 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14640 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
14644 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
14645 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse);
14648 D->setReferenced();
14652 // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced.
14653 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
14654 // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into.
14655 // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to
14656 // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than
14657 // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here.
14658 // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs.
14659 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
14661 SourceLocation Loc;
14664 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
14666 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
14668 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
14672 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
14673 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
14675 // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context.
14676 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated(
14677 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated);
14678 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
14679 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
14680 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
14681 } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) {
14682 S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false);
14686 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
14689 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
14690 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
14691 Marker.TraverseType(T);
14695 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
14696 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14697 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
14699 bool SkipLocalVariables;
14702 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
14704 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
14705 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
14707 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14708 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
14709 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
14710 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14711 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
14715 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
14718 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
14719 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
14720 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
14723 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
14724 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14725 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
14726 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14729 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
14730 if (E->getOperatorNew())
14731 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
14732 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14733 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14734 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
14737 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
14738 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14739 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14740 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
14741 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14742 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
14743 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14744 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
14747 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
14750 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
14751 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
14752 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
14755 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
14756 Visit(E->getExpr());
14759 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
14760 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
14762 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
14763 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
14768 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
14769 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14771 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
14773 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
14774 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
14775 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
14778 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
14779 /// of the program being compiled.
14781 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
14782 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
14783 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
14784 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
14785 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
14786 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
14787 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
14790 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
14791 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
14792 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
14793 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
14794 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
14795 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
14796 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
14797 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
14798 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
14799 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
14800 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
14801 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
14804 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
14805 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
14808 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
14809 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
14810 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
14811 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
14812 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
14823 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
14824 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
14825 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
14828 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
14829 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
14830 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
14831 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
14835 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
14840 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
14841 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
14843 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
14845 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
14846 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
14850 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
14851 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
14852 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
14853 << FD->getDeclName();
14855 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
14857 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
14863 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
14864 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
14865 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
14866 SourceLocation Loc;
14868 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
14869 bool IsOrAssign = false;
14871 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
14872 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
14875 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
14877 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
14878 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
14879 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
14880 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
14882 // self = [<foo> init...]
14883 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
14884 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14886 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
14887 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
14888 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14891 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14892 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
14893 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
14896 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
14897 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14898 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
14899 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
14901 // Not an assignment.
14905 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
14907 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
14908 SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
14909 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
14910 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
14911 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
14914 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
14915 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
14917 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
14918 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
14921 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
14922 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
14923 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
14924 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
14925 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
14926 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
14928 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
14929 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
14932 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
14934 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
14935 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
14936 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
14937 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
14938 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
14940 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
14941 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
14942 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
14943 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
14944 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
14945 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
14946 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
14950 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
14951 bool IsConstexpr) {
14952 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
14953 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
14954 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
14956 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
14957 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14960 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
14961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14962 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4
14964 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
14965 if (ERes.isInvalid())
14966 return ExprError();
14969 QualType T = E->getType();
14970 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
14971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
14972 << T << E->getSourceRange();
14973 return ExprError();
14975 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
14981 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
14982 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK) {
14983 // Empty conditions are valid in for-statements.
14985 return ConditionResult();
14989 case ConditionKind::Boolean:
14990 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
14993 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
14994 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true);
14997 case ConditionKind::Switch:
14998 Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
15001 if (Cond.isInvalid())
15002 return ConditionError();
15004 // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead.
15005 FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc);
15006 if (!FullExpr.get())
15007 return ConditionError();
15009 return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr,
15010 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
15014 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
15015 /// to have an appropriate type.
15016 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
15017 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
15021 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
15023 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
15024 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
15027 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
15028 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
15029 << E->getSourceRange();
15030 return ExprError();
15033 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
15034 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
15035 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
15036 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15037 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15039 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15040 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15041 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
15042 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
15043 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15047 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
15048 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15051 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
15052 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15055 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
15056 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15057 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15059 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15060 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15061 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
15062 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15063 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15067 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
15068 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
15070 E->setType(VD->getType());
15072 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15073 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15074 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
15075 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
15076 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
15081 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
15082 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
15085 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
15086 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
15091 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
15092 /// to have a function type.
15093 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
15094 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
15095 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15096 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
15100 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
15101 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
15102 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
15103 /// structure is not a goal.
15104 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
15105 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
15109 /// The current destination type.
15112 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
15113 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
15115 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
15116 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
15119 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
15120 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15121 << E->getSourceRange();
15122 return ExprError();
15125 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
15126 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
15128 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
15129 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
15130 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
15131 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15132 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15133 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15134 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15135 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
15136 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
15137 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15141 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
15142 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15145 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
15146 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15149 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
15150 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
15152 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
15153 << E->getSourceRange();
15154 return ExprError();
15157 if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) {
15158 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call)
15159 << E->getSourceRange();
15160 return ExprError();
15163 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15164 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15165 E->setType(DestType);
15167 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
15168 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15169 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15170 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15171 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
15175 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
15177 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
15179 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
15180 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
15183 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
15184 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
15189 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
15190 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
15191 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
15195 FK_FunctionPointer,
15200 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
15201 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
15202 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
15203 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
15204 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
15205 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
15206 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15207 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
15209 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
15210 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
15212 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
15214 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
15215 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
15216 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
15217 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
15218 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
15220 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
15221 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
15222 return ExprError();
15225 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
15226 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
15227 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
15228 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15230 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
15231 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
15233 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
15234 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
15236 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
15237 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
15238 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
15239 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
15240 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
15241 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
15242 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
15243 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
15244 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
15245 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
15246 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
15247 // types to match the types of the arguments.
15249 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
15250 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
15252 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
15253 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
15254 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
15255 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
15256 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
15257 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
15258 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
15259 if (E->isLValue()) {
15260 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
15261 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
15262 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
15264 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
15266 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
15268 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
15269 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
15271 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
15272 FnType->getExtInfo());
15275 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
15277 case FK_MemberFunction:
15281 case FK_FunctionPointer:
15282 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
15285 case FK_BlockPointer:
15286 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
15290 // Finally, we can recurse.
15291 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
15292 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15293 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
15295 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
15296 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
15299 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
15300 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
15301 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
15302 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
15303 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
15304 return ExprError();
15307 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
15308 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
15309 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
15310 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
15313 // Change the type of the message.
15314 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
15315 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
15317 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
15320 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
15321 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
15322 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
15323 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15324 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15326 E->setType(DestType);
15328 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
15329 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
15331 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15332 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15334 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
15336 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
15337 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15338 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15340 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
15342 E->setType(DestType);
15344 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
15345 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
15347 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15348 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15350 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
15353 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
15357 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
15358 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
15359 QualType Type = DestType;
15361 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
15364 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
15365 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
15366 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15367 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
15368 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15369 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type,
15370 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
15373 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
15374 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
15375 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15376 return ExprError();
15378 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
15379 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
15380 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
15381 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
15382 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
15383 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
15384 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
15385 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
15386 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
15387 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
15388 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(),
15389 FD->getDeclContext(),
15390 Loc, Loc, FD->getNameInfo().getName(),
15391 DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
15392 SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/,
15393 FD->hasPrototype(),
15394 false/*isConstexprSpecified*/);
15396 if (FD->getQualifier())
15397 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
15399 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
15400 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
15401 ParmVarDecl *Param =
15402 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
15403 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
15404 Params.push_back(Param);
15406 NewFD->setParams(Params);
15407 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
15408 VD = DRE->getDecl();
15412 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
15413 if (MD->isInstance()) {
15414 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
15415 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
15418 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
15419 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15420 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
15423 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
15424 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
15425 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
15426 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
15427 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
15428 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15429 return ExprError();
15434 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
15435 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15436 return ExprError();
15439 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
15440 // also really dangerous.
15441 VD->setType(DestType);
15443 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
15447 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
15448 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
15449 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
15450 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
15451 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
15452 // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete.
15453 if (!CastType->isVoidType() &&
15454 RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType,
15455 diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
15456 return ExprError();
15458 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
15459 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
15460 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15462 CastExpr = result.get();
15463 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
15464 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
15469 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
15470 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
15473 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
15474 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
15475 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
15476 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
15477 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
15479 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
15480 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15481 paramType = result.get()->getType();
15485 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
15486 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
15487 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
15489 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
15490 InitializedEntity entity =
15491 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
15492 /*consumed*/ false);
15493 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
15496 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
15498 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
15500 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
15501 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
15502 E = call->getCallee();
15503 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15509 SourceLocation loc;
15511 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
15512 loc = ref->getLocation();
15513 d = ref->getDecl();
15514 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
15515 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
15516 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
15517 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
15518 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15519 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
15520 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
15522 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
15523 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
15524 << orig->getSourceRange();
15525 return ExprError();
15528 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15529 << E->getSourceRange();
15530 return ExprError();
15533 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
15535 // Never recoverable.
15536 return ExprError();
15539 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
15540 /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
15541 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
15542 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15543 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
15544 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
15545 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
15546 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
15547 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15551 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
15552 if (!placeholderType) return E;
15554 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
15556 // Overloaded expressions.
15557 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
15558 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
15559 // This is obligatory.
15560 ExprResult Result = E;
15561 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false))
15564 // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization
15565 // leaves Result unchanged on failure.
15567 if (resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Result))
15570 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
15571 tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
15572 /*complain*/ true);
15576 // Bound member functions.
15577 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
15578 ExprResult result = E;
15579 const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens();
15580 PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function);
15581 // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize.
15582 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) {
15583 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1;
15584 } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) {
15585 if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() ==
15586 DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName)
15587 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0;
15589 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD,
15590 /*complain*/ true);
15594 // ARC unbridged casts.
15595 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
15596 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
15597 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
15601 // Expressions of unknown type.
15602 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
15603 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
15606 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
15607 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
15609 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
15610 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
15611 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
15613 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15614 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
15615 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
15616 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
15617 return new (Context) CallExpr(Context, E, None, Context.IntTy,
15618 VK_RValue, SourceLocation());
15622 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
15623 return ExprError();
15626 // Expressions of unknown type.
15627 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
15628 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use);
15629 return ExprError();
15631 // Everything else should be impossible.
15632 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
15633 case BuiltinType::Id:
15634 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
15635 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
15636 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
15637 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
15641 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
15644 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
15645 if (E->isTypeDependent())
15647 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
15648 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
15652 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
15654 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
15655 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
15656 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
15657 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
15658 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
15659 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
15660 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
15661 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
15662 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
15663 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
15664 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
15667 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
15668 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
15669 return new (Context)
15670 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);
15673 ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(
15674 llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc,
15675 SourceLocation RParen) {
15677 StringRef Platform = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName();
15679 auto Spec = std::find_if(AvailSpecs.begin(), AvailSpecs.end(),
15680 [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) {
15681 return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform;
15684 VersionTuple Version;
15685 if (Spec != AvailSpecs.end())
15686 Version = Spec->getVersion();
15688 // The use of `@available` in the enclosing function should be analyzed to
15689 // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)).
15690 if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl())
15691 getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
15692 else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda())
15693 getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
15695 return new (Context)
15696 ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy);